THOMAS & BETTS
CABLE TRAY
SYSTEMS
w w w . t n b . c o m
Cable Tray
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 - Technical Information
Benefits of Cable Tray ..................................................................4 - 5
Features & Benefits ......................................................................6 - 7
System Design...................................................................................8
Glossary of Terms ..............................................................................9
Cable Tray Selection Process ...................................................10 - 17
Materials and Finishes ..............................................................18 - 19
Corrosion .................................................................................20 - 21
Types of Corrosion...........................................................................22
Corrosion Resistance Guide .....................................................23 - 29
Electrical Grounding Capacity ..........................................................30
Thermal Expansion and Contraction ................................................31
Structural Design......................................................................32 - 34
Loading ....................................................................................36 - 37
Loading for Grades B, C and D .......................................................38
Engineering Cable Tray Specification ...............................................40
SECTION 2 - Aluminum Cable Tray
Features...........................................................................................45
Straight sections ......................................................................46 - 59
Fittings .....................................................................................60 - 99
Accessories and Covers.......................................................100 - 112
SECTION 3 - Steel Cable Tray
Straight sections ..................................................................116 - 127
Fittings .................................................................................128 - 142
Accessories and Covers.......................................................144 - 155
SECTION 4 - One Piece Cable Tray
Straight sections ..................................................................158 - 165
Fittings .................................................................................166 - 181
Accessories and Covers.......................................................182 - 189
SECTION 5
Common Accessories ..........................................................192 - 195
SECTION 6
Grounding ............................................................................198 - 200
SECTION 7
Superstrut® ............................................................................204- 211
SECTION 8
Channel Tray ........................................................................214 - 239
SECTION 9
Appendix..............................................................................242 - 250
Annex A.........................................................................................251
Annex B.........................................................................................252
Other Offering.......................................................................253 - 254
1
Technical Information
Section 1
Technical Information
Benefits of Cable Tray
The Benefits of Cable Tray
Cable tray wiring systems offer significant
advantages over conduit pipe and other wiring
systems. Cable tray is less expensive, more reliable,
more adaptable to changing needs and easier to
maintain. In addition, its design does not contribute
to potential safety problems associated with other
wiring systems.
An evaluation of the costs and benefits of various
wiring systems should be done in the design phase.
Unfortunately, many engineers who are unfamiliar
with wiring systems avoid the system selection
process or defer it until construction—often
resulting in higher costs, scheduling delays and a
system that will not meet future needs.
Selection of a wiring system that is not the most
suitable for a particular application in terms of cost,
potential corrosion and electrical considerations can
lead to numerous problems, including excessive
initial cost, poor design, faulty installation, extra
maintenance, future power outages and
unnecessary safety concerns.
Cost
Extensive experience has shown that the initial cost of a cable tray installation (including conductor, material and
installation labor costs) may be as much as 60% less than a comparable conduit wiring system.
Cable tray systems, including trays, supports, fittings and other materials, are generally much less expensive than
conduit wiring systems. In addition, major cost savings are generated by the relative ease of installation. Labor costs of
installing a cable tray system can run up to 50 percent less. Total cost savings will vary with the complexity and size of
the installation.
Direct cost savings are easy to calculate during the design phase of an installation, but the enormous advantages of
cable tray may accrue only over time. The system’s reliability, adaptability, ease of maintenance and inherent safety
features result in many other types of cost savings, including:
• lower engineering and maintenance costs
• less need to reconfigure system as needs change
• less down time for electrical and data handling systems
• fewer environmental problems resulting from loss of power to essential equipment.
4
Technical Information
Reliability
Cable tray systems offer unsurpassed reliability, resulting in less need for maintenance and less down time—important
considerations for all installations but especially for such industries as data communications and financial services.
Technical
Information
Benefits of Cable Tray
In addition, since cable tray is not a closed system, moisture build up problems are eliminated and damage to cable
insulation during installation is also greatly reduced.
Adaptability
A major advantage of cable tray systems derives from their adaptability to new needs and technology. The pace of
change in the economy, constantly shifting competitive pressures and rapid introduction of innovative technologies
are all accelerating. More than ever before, businesses must be prepared to quickly expand facilities, change
products or introduce new processes. The flexibility of the wiring system is a key consideration.
Modifying a cable tray system or adding cables to meet new needs is relatively easy because cables can enter or exit
a tray at any point. And initial design considerations can build-in extra capacity as part of the planning process. Cable
tray’s inherent adaptability allows rewiring for future expansion, building redesign or new technologies without
disruption or need to replace the entire wiring system.
Maintenance
Cable tray wiring systems require less maintenance than conduit systems. When maintenance is necessary, it is
easier, less time-consuming and less labor intensive.
The physical condition and status of both the cable tray and the tray cables can be inspected visually, something that
is not possible with conduit systems. In addition, it is also easy to see if there is sufficient capacity in the trays for
additional cables. As was noted above, changing or adding cables can also be accomplished without difficulty.
Another comparative benefit of cable tray systems is that they do not act as channels of moisture paths, as conduit
wiring systems do. Conduit systems tend to collect condensation resulting from changes in temperature and then
channel the moisture to electrical equipment, where it can lead to corrosion and failure.
Cable tray and tray cable are also less susceptible to fire loss than conduit. An external fire usually results in damage
to only a few feet of a cable tray system, while wire insulation inside a conduit suffers significant damage and
thermoplastic insulation may actually fuse to the conduit.
Safety
Cable tray wiring systems lack the inherent safety concerns of conduit systems.
By it’s nature, a conduit wiring system can serve as a flow-through for corrosive, explosive and toxic gases in the same
way that it channels moisture.
The conduit installation process can also present a safety issue for electricians. The process requires that a conduit
system be installed from one enclosure to another before pulling in the conductors, leaving the electricians exposed to
any live, energized equipment that may be in the enclosures. In contrast, installers can pull tray cables from near one
termination enclosure to the next before they are inserted into the enclosures and then terminated.
Finally, in installations where cable tray can be used as the equipment grounding conductor (per NEC standards), it is
easy to visually check the system components as well as conduct checks for electrical continuity.
5
Technical Information
Features & Benefits
The Thomas & Betts Unique Design Points
I-Beam Siderail
— Maximum structural strength.
Aluminum
Snap-in Splice Plates
— Snap-in aluminum splice plates for easy installation.
Aluminum
Alternating Rungs
— Alternating rungs for top and bottom
accessory installation and cable lashing.
Aluminum &
Steel
Continuous Open Slot
— Rungs have continuous open slot to
accept standard strut pipe clamps and
gives complete barrier strip adjustability.
Aluminum &
Steel
6
Technical Information
The Thomas & Betts Unique Design Points
Technical
Information
Features & Benefits
Ty-Rap® Cable Tie Slots
— Exclusive Ty-Rap® cable tie slots on 1” centers
on all ladder and ventilated bottoms.
Secures cables without kinks and keeps
cables uniform.
Aluminum &
Steel
Added Support
— Aluminum and Steel Solid bottoms are constructed
with a flat sheet for added cable protecton.
Aluminum &
Steel
Extra Wide Rung Design
— Extra wide rung design for maximum
cable bearing surface.
Aluminum &
Steel
Adjustable Barrier Strips
— Barrier strips are fully adjustable (side to
side) for use in straight sections and
fittings.
Aluminum &
Steel
1.5 m / 72”
3 m / 144”
7
Technical Information
System Design
Sample Plant Layout
CC
GG
H
H
EE
DD
II
LL
NO
PO
QR
FF
KK
AA
N
N
QP
JJ
M
M
BB
Application
COMMERCIAL
Schools
Hospitals
Office Buildings
Airports
Casinos
Stadiums
8
INDUSTRIAL
Petro-Chemical Plants
Automotive Plants
Paper Plants
Food Processing
Power Plants
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Barrier Strip
Box Connector
Flat Cover
Horizontal Cross
Horizontal 45°
Horizontal 90°
Horizontal Tee
Ladder Tray
Peaked Cover
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
Right Reducer
Solid Tray
Splice Connector
Solid Channel Tray
Ventilated Tray
Vertical 90° Inside
Vertical 90° Outside
Vertical Tee
Technical Information
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Devices which are used to supplement the function of straight sections and fittings, and
include such items as dropouts, covers, conduit adapters, hold-down devices and
dividers.
Cable Tray Connector . . . . . . . A device which joins cable tray straight sections or fittings, or both. The basic types of
connectors are: 1. Rigid, 2. Expansion, 3. Adjustable, 4. Reducer
Technical
Information
Glossary of Terms
Cable Tray Fitting . . . . . . . . . . A device which is used to change the direction, elevation or size of a cable tray
system.
Cable Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . A device which provides adequate means for supporting cable tray sections or fittings,
or both. The basic types of cable tray supports are: 1. Cantilever bracket, 2. Trapeze,
3. Individual and suspension
Channel Cable Tray. . . . . . . . . A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one-piece ventilated bottom or solid
bottom channel section, or both, not exceeding 6 inches in width.
Ladder Cable Tray. . . . . . . . . . A prefabricated metal structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by
individual transverse members.
Solid Bottom Cable Tray . . . . . A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a bottom with no openings within integral
or separate longitudinal side rails.
One Piece / Unit Cable Tray . . A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one-piece solid or ventilated bottom.
Horizontal Cross . . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays in four directions at 90-degree
intervals in the same plane.
Horizontal Bend . . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray fitting which changes the direction in the same plane.
Horizontal Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays in three directions at
90 degree intervals in the same plane.
Metallic Cable Tray System . . . An assembly of cable tray straight section, fitting, and accessories that forms a rigid
structural system to support cables.
Reducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays of different widths in the same
plane. A straight reducer has two symmetrical offset sides. A right-hand reducer, when
viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the right. A left-hand reducer, when
viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the left.
Straight Section. . . . . . . . . . . . A length of cable tray which has no change in direction or size.
Ventilated Bottom . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray bottom having openings sufficient for the passage of air and utilizing
75 percent or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables.
Vertical Bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A cable tray fitting which changes direction to a different plane. An inside vertical elbow
changes direction upward from the horizontal plane. An outside vertical elbow changes
direction downward from the horizontal plane.
9
Technical Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Selection Process
A number of basic decisions must be made before a cable tray system can be specified. T&B has developed a simple
seven-step process to guide you in the process:
1. Select Material and Finish
2. Select the Tray Load Class
3. Select the Tray Type
4. Select the Tray Size
5. Select the Fittings
6. Consider Deflection
7. Electrical Grounding Capacity
Each step is described in detail below. For many applications, however, you may also have to take the following into
account:
10
•
Weight of the installation, which affects the cost of the support structure and the ease of installation.
•
Corrosion resistance of the material is one of the most important selection criteria. Cable tray materials may
not respond the same way in different environments. Chemicals or combinations of chemicals have corrosion
effects on some materials that can be compounded by temperature or even the speed at which the corrosive
elements contact the cable tray. For example, some grades of stainless steel may be resistant to salt water at
high flow rates (perfect for heat exchangers), while exhibiting some corrosion pitting in standing salt water.
Only the designer can quantify the various elements that affect the corrosion resistance of the cable tray
system in a specific application. While T&B can provide guidance, the designer is responsible for the final
selection. For more information, see “Corrosion” section.
•
Galvanic effect can cause corrosion even if the cable tray material is resistant to its chemical environment.
Dissimilar metals in contact (e.g., aluminum tray on steel supports or bare copper bonding conductor in
aluminum tray) in the presence of an electrolyte are susceptible to galvanic effect. If there is a hazard of
galvanic corrosion, it may be possible to isolate the tray system from other metals instead of using a more
expensive type of tray that would resist corrosion in a given application.
•
Melting point and flammability rating are primarily concerns for non-metallic tray. Local building codes may
restrict the use of a given product if certain performance levels are not met. Check with the appropriate
inspection authorities before specifying the product.
•
Relative cost varies dramatically, including material costs that float with the commodity index. For example,
stainless steel prices may vary significantly according to daily changes in the market.
•
Thermal expansion must also be taken into account on a long cable run, especially in areas where
temperature variation is extreme. Expansion connectors may be required if the temperature differential is 25°F
or greater. Refer to Tables 1 and 2 on page 31 for expansion plate spacing and gap settings. Two bonding
jumpers are required for every pair of splice plates for grounding continuity.
Technical Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
1
Technical
Information
Selection Steps
Select Material and Finish
The most suitable material and finish for your application will depend on cost, the potential for corrosion, and electrical
considerations. T&B offers cable tray systems fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel, stainless steel and aluminum
alloys along with corrosion-resistant finishes, including zinc, PVC and epoxy. Special paint is also available. For more
information on material and finish, see the “Material Descriptions” section, page 18 and 19. T&B also offers a complete
non-metallic Cable Tray and strut system. Please refer to the catalog NMCT for further information.
2
Select the Tray Class / Load Capacity (loading)
The standard classes of cable trays, as related to their maximum design loads and to the associated design support
spacing based on a simple beam span requirement, shall be designated in accordance with Table 1. Please note the
load ratings in Table 1 are those most commonly used. Other load ratings are acceptable.
(according to NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.2 No 126.1-02)
Costs vary between different load classes. Since labor and coupling costs are similar for a given length of tray, the
heavier classes are more cost-effective on a load length basis. The designer should therefore specify the lightest class
of tray compatible with the weight requirements of the cable tray.
TABLE 1
Load / Span Class Designation
LOAD
kg/m (lb/ft)
2.4 (8)
3.0 (10)
SPAN, m (ft)
3.7 (12)
4.9 (16)
6.0 (20)
37
(25)
–
A
–
–
–
67
(45)
–
–
–
–
D
74
(50)
8A
–
12A
16A
20A
97
(65)
–
C
–
–
–
112
(75)
8B
–
12B
16B
E or 20B
149
(100)
8C
–
12C
16C
20C
179
(120)
–
D
–
–
–
299
(200)
–
E
–
–
–
Deflection
Span
Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C are the traditional NEMA designations.
A, C, D, and E are the conventional CSA designations.
11
Technical Information
2
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Select the Tray Class / Load Capacity (cont’d)
Cable Loads: . . . . . . . . . . The cable load is the total weight, expressed in (kg/m), of all the cables that will be placed
in the cable tray.
Snow Loads: . . . . . . . . . . The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using the building codes
which apply for each installation.
Ice Loads: . . . . . . . . . . . . The additional load design due to the ice is determined by the following formula:
Wi = WxTixDi/144
Where:
Wi = ice load (lb/linear foot)
W = width of the tray (inches)
Ti = maximum ice thickness (inches).
Di = 57 lb/ft3 - ice density
Ice thickness will vary depending on installation location. A value of 1/2 inch can be
used as a conservative standard for Canada.
Wind Loads: . . . . . . . . . . . The additional loading to be considered is the effect of the impact pressure normal
to the side rail.
This loading is determined by the following formula:
Wp = 0.00256xV2 xH/12
Where:
Wp = loading due to the wind (lbs/linear foot)
V = wind velocity (mph)
H = Height of the side rail (inches)
It is important to note that
cable tray is not designed to
support personnel.
The user should display
appropriate warnings to
prevent the use of cable tray
as walkways.
Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load is not included in the Table 1. Some user applications may require that a given concentrated
static load be imposed over and above the working load.
Such a concentrated static load represents a static weight applied on the centerline of the tray at midspan. When so
specified, the concentrated static load may be converted to an equivalent uniform load (We) in kilograms/metre
(pounds/linear foot), using the following formula, and added to the static weight of cable in the tray:
We = 2 x (concentrated static load, kg (lb))
Span length, m (ft)
12
3
Technical Information
Select the Tray Type
Cable tray is available with three styles of bottom:
Technical
Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Ladder Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal siderails connected by individual transverse
members.
Ventilated Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of a ventilated bottom within integral or separate longitudinal
siderails, with no openings exceeding 4 in. in a longitudinal direction.
Solid Bottom Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure without openings in the bottom.
Ladder tray is most often used because of its cost-effectiveness. The designer has a choice of four nominal rung
spacings: 6, 9, 12, and 18 inches. The greatest rung spacing compatible with an adequate cable bearing surface area
should be selected. Heavy power cables often require greater cable bearing area due to the possibility of creep in the
jacket material of the cable. If this is a concern, consult the cable manufacturer. This condition may require the use of
ventilated tray, which also offers additional mechanical protection for the cables.
Local building codes may require totally enclosed cable tray systems under certain conditions. The designer should verify
these before specifying the type of tray to be used.
4
Select the Tray Size
The width or height of a cable tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the cables in the tray.
Available nominal widths are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36 and 42 inches.
When specifying width, it is important to remember that the load rating does not change as the width increases. Even
with six times the volume, a 36 in. wide tray cannot hold any more weight than a 6 in. wide tray. If the load rating of the
tray permits, cable can be piled deeper in the tray. Most tray classes are available in a nominal 3-1/2, 4, 5, 6 and 7
inches (8 inch height also available as a special - see appendix). Cable ties or other spacing devices may be used to
maintain the required air space between cables.
13
Technical Information
5.
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Select the Fittings
Fittings are used to change the size or direction of the cable tray. The most important decision to be made in fitting
design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or vertical, can be 12, 24, 36 or 48 in., or even
greater on a custom basis. The selection requires a compromise with the considerations being available space,
minimum bending radius of cables, ease of cable pulling, and cost. The typical radius is 24 in. Fittings are also
available for 30°, 45°, 60°, and 90° angles. When a standard angle will not work, field fittings or adjustable elbows can
be used. It may be necessary to add supports to the tray at these points. Refer to NEMA VE2 Installation Guidelines
for suggested support locations. Note that fittings are not subject to NEMA/CSA load ratings.
Support Locations for Fittings
14
6.
Technical Information
Consider Deflection
Deflection of the cable tray affects the appearance of an installation, but it is not a structural issue. In the case of
non-metallic cable tray, deflection may be affected by elevated temperatures.
Technical
Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
The NEMA/CSA load test is a simple beam, uniformly distributed load test. (see Figure 1.2) This type of test was
initially selected because:
• It was easiest to test.
• It represents the worst case beam condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. When consulting
the manufacturer’s catalog for deflection information, the designer must verify whether the data shown
represents simple or continuous beam deflection. If continuous beam deflection is shown, the calculation factor
should be given.
NEMA/CSA has one criterion for acceptance under their load test: the ability to support 150% of the rated load.
Test Load = 1.5 x rated load x length
Deflection
Measurements
Figure 1.2
15
Technical Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Simple Versus Continuous Beam Deflection
Theoretical maximum deflection for a simple beam, uniformly distributed load may be calculated as:
.0130
Where: w =
L=
E=
I=
w L4
EI
Load in lb/ft
Length in inches
Modulus of Elasticity
Moment of Inertia
The maximum deflection calculation for a continuous beam of two spans with a uniformly distributed load is:
.00541
w L4
EI
A continuous beam of two spans therefore has a theoretical maximum deflection of only 42% of its simple beam
deflection. As the number of spans increases, the beam behaves increasingly like a fixed beam, and the maximum
deflection continues to decrease. As this occurs, the system’s load carrying capability increases.
Simple vs. Continuous Beam Deflection
Simple Beam
Uniformly Distributed Load
Maximum Deflection
.0130 wL4
EI
Continuous Beam – Two Spans
Uniformly Distributed Load
Maximum Deflection
.00541 wL4
EI
16
Figure 1.3
Technical Information
Location of Couplings
Since different bending moments are created in each span, there is no simple factor to approximate deflection as the
number of spans increases. It is possible to calculate these deflections at any given point by using second integration of
the basic differential equation for beams. Testing shows that the center span of a three-tray continous beam can deflect
less than 10 % of its simple beam deflection.
Technical
Information
Cable Tray
Selection Process
Couplers at Supports - Not Recommended
23 mm
12 mm
23 mm
Couplers at 1/4 Span From Supports - Ideal Layout
1/4 span
23 mm
3 mm
23 mm
Figure 1.4
The support span should not be greater than the straight section length, to ensure no more than one splice is located
between supports.
Location of Couplers. (see Figure 1.4) The location of the coupler dramatically affects the deflection of a cable tray
system under equal loading conditions. Testing indicates that the maximum deflection of the center span of a
three-span tray run can decrease four times if the couplers are moved from one-quarter span to above the supports.
This can be a major concern for designers considering modular systems for tray and pipe racks.
17
Technical Information
Materials and
Finishes
Materials
Materials
Most cable tray systems are fabricated from a corrosion-resistant metal (low-carbon steel, stainless steel or an
aluminum alloy) or from a metal with a corrosion-resistant finish (zinc or epoxy). The choice of material for any particular
installation depends on the installation environment (corrosion and electrical considerations) and cost.
Aluminum
Cable trays fabricated of extruded aluminum are often used for their high strength-to-weight ratio, superior resistance to
certain corrosive environments, and ease of installation. They also offer the advantages of being light weight
(approximately 50% that of a steel tray) and maintenance free, and since aluminum cable trays are non-magnetic,
electrical losses are reduced to a minimum.
T&B cable tray products are formed from the 6063 series alloys which by design are copper free alloys for marine
applications. These alloys contain silicon and magnesium in appropriate proportions to form magnesium silicide,
allowing them to be heat treated. These magnesium silicon alloys possess good formability and structural properties, as
well as excellent corrosion resistance.
The unusual resistance to corrosion, including weathering, exhibited by aluminum is due to the self-healing aluminum
oxide film that protects the surface. Aluminum’s resistance to chemicals in the application environment should be tested
before installation.
Steel
T&B steel cable trays are fabricated from structural quality steels using a continuous roll-formed process. Forming and
extrusions increase the mechanical strength.
The main benefits of steel cable tray are its high strength and low cost. Disadvantages include high weight, low
electrical conductivity and relatively poor corrosion resistance.
The rate of corrosion will vary depending on many factors such as the environment, coating or protection applied and
the composition of the steel. T&B offers finishes and coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of steel. These
include pre-galvanized, hot dip galvanized (after fabrication), epoxy and special paints.
Stainless Steel
Stainless steel offers high yield strength and high creep strength, at high ambient temperatures.
T&B stainless steel cable tray is roll-formed from AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
Stainless Steel is resistant to dyestuffs, organic chemicals, and inorganic chemicals at elevated temperatures. Higher
levels of chromium and nickel and a reduced level of carbon serve to increase corrosion resistance and facilitate
welding. Type 316 includes molybdenum to increase high temperature strength and improve corrosion resistance,
especially to chloride and sulfuric acid. Carbon content is reduced to facilitate welding.
18
Technical Information
Finishes
Galvanized Coatings
The most widely used coating for cable tray is galvanizing. It is cost-effective, protects against a wide variety of
environmental chemicals, and is self-healing if an area becomes unprotected through cuts or scratches.
Technical
Information
Materials and
Finishes
Steel is coated with zinc through electrolysis by dipping steel into a bath of zinc salts. A combination of carbonates,
hydroxides and zinc oxides forms a protective film to protect the zinc itself. Resistance to corrosion is directly related to
the thickness of the coating and the harshness of the environment.
Pre-Galvanized
Pre-galvanized, also known as mill-galvanized or hot dip mill-galvanized, is produced in a rolling mill by passing steel
coils through molten zinc. These coils are then slit to size and fabricated.
Areas not normally coated during fabrication, such as cuts and welds, are protected by neighboring zinc, which works
as a sacrificial anode. During welding, a small area directly affected by heat is also left bare, but the same self-healing
process occurs.
G90 requires a coating of .90 ounces of zinc per square foot of steel, or .32 ounces per square foot on each side of the
metal sheet. In accordance with A653/A653M-06a, pre-galvanized steel is not generally recommended for outdoor use
or in industrial environments.
Hot-Dip Galvanized
After the steel cable tray has been manufactured and assembled, the entire tray is immersed in a bath of molten zinc,
resulting in a coating of all surfaces, as well as all edges, holes and welds.
Coating thickness is determined by the length of time each part is immersed in the bath and the speed of removal. Hot
dip galvanizing after fabrication creates a much thicker coating than the pre-galvanized process, a minimum of 3.0
ounces per square foot of steel or 1.50 ounces per square foot on each side of the sheet (according to ASTMA123,
grade 65).
The process is recommended for cable tray used in most outdoor environments and many harsh industrial environment
applications.
Other Coatings
Epoxy and special paint coatings are available on request.
19
Technical Information
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion
Corrosion of metal occurs naturally when the metal is exposed to chemical or electrochemical attack. The atoms on the
exposed surface of the metal come into contact with a substance, leading to deterioration of the metal through a
chemical or electrochemical reaction. The corroding medium can be a liquid, gas or solid.
Although all metals are susceptible to corrosion, they corrode in different ways and at various speeds. Pure aluminum,
bronze, brass, most stainless steels and zinc corrode relatively slowly, but some aluminum alloys, structural grades of
iron and steel and the 400 series of stainless steels corrode quickly unless protected.
Various types of metal corrosion are categorized by its appearance or the method of acceleration:
• Chemical corrosion occurs through dissolution of the metal by reaction with a corrosive medium.
• Electrochemical corrosion involves chemical dissolution.
• Galvanic corrosion is accelerated by a difference in potential between metals that are in contact.
• Pitting corrosion is accelerated by a difference in the concentration of an ion or another dissolved substance.
• Crevice corrosion is accelerated by oxygen concentration or ion cell formation.
• Erosion corrosion is accelerated by a flow of liquid or gas.
• Intergranular corrosion occurs at grain (or crystal) boundaries.
Electrochemical Corrosion
Electrochemical corrosion is caused by an electrical current flow between two dissimilar metals, or if a difference of
potential exists, between two areas of the same metal surface.
The energy flow occurs only in the presence of an electrolyte, a moist conductor that contains ions, which carry an
electric charge. Solutions of acids, alkalies, and salts contain ions, making water—especially salt water—an excellent
electrolyte.
20
Common Types of Corrosion
Galvanic Corrosion
Galvanic corrosion results from the electrochemical reaction that occurs in the presence of an electrolyte when two
dissimilar metals are in contact. The strength of the reaction—and the extent of the corrosion—depend on a number of
factors, including the conductivity of the electrolyte and potential difference of the metals.
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Corrosion
The metal with less resistance becomes anodic and more subject to corrosion, while the more resistant becomes
cathodic.
The Galvanic Series Table, developed through laboratory tests on industrial metal alloys in sea water (a powerful
electrolyte), list metals according to their relative resistance to galvanic corrosion. Those less resistant to galvanic
corrosion (anodic) are at the top, and those more resistant (cathodic) are at the bottom.
The metals grouped together are subject to only slight galvanic effect when in contact, and metals at the top will suffer
galvanic corrosion when in contact with metals at the bottom (in the presence of an electrolyte). The farther apart two
metals are on the table, the greater the potential corrosion.
Galvanic Series Table
Anodic End
Magnesium
Type 304 stainless steel (active)
Magnesium alloys
Type 316 stainless steel (active)
Zinc
Lead
Galvanized steel
Tin
Naval brass (C46400)
Aluminum 5052H
Muntz metal (C28000)
Aluminum 3004
Manganese bronze (C67500)
Aluminum 3003
Aluminum 1100
Nickel (active)
Aluminum 6053
Inconel (active)
Alclad aluminum alloys
Aluminum bronze (C61400)
Cartridge brass (C26000)
Cadmium
Admiralty metal (C44300)
Copper (C11000)
Aluminum 2017
Red brass (C23000)
Aluminum 2024
Silicon bronze (C 65100)
Low-carbon steel
Copper nickel, 30% (C71500)
Wrought iron
Cast iron
Nickel (passive)
Monel
Inconel (passive)
Ni-resist
Type 304 stainless steel (passive)
Gold
Type 410 stainless steel (passive)
Type 316 stainless steel (active)
Platinum
50Pb-50Sn solder
Silver
Cathodic End
21
Technical Information
Types of
Corrosion
Common Types of Corrosion (cont’d)
Pitting
Pitting corrosion is localized and is identified by a cavity with a depth equal to or greater than the cavity’s surface
diameter. Pits may have different sizes and depths and most often appear randomly distributed. Aluminum and stainless
steels in chloride environments are especially susceptible to pitting.
Pitting begins when surface defects, foreign particles or other variations in the metal lead to fixation of anodic (corroded)
and cathodic (protected) sites on the metal surface. Acidic metal chlorides, which form and accumulate in the pit as a
result of anodes attracting chloride ions, accelerate the pitting process over time. The nature of pitting often makes it
difficult to estimate the amount of damage.
Crevice Corrosion
Crevice corrosion is a specialized form of pitting that particularly attacks metals or alloys protected by oxide films or
passive layers. It results from a relative lack of oxygen in a crevice, with the metal in the crevice becoming anodic to the
metal outside. For the crevice to corrode, it must be large enough to admit the electrolyte, but small enough to suffer
oxygen depletion.
Erosion Corrosion
While erosion is a purely mechanical process, erosion corrosion combines mechanical erosion with chemical or
electrochemical reaction. The process is accelerated by the generally rapid flow of liquid or gas over an eroded metal
surface, removing dissolved ions and solid particles. As a result, the metal surface develops grooves, gullies, waves,
rounded holes and valleys.
Erosion corrosion can damage most metals, especially soft ones like aluminum that are susceptible to mechanical wear,
and those that depend for protection on a passive surface film, which can be eroded. Resulting damage can also be
enhanced by particles or gas bubbles in a suspended state.
Intergranular Corrosion
Intergranular corrosion occurs between the crystals (or grains) that formed when the metal solidified. The composition of
the areas between the crystals differs from that of the crystals themselves, and these boundary areas can become
subject to intergranular corrosion. Weld areas of austenitic stainless steels are often affected by this form of corrosion,
and the heat-treatable aluminum alloys are also susceptible.
22
Technical Information
Corrosion Resitance Guide
The following table has been compiled as a guide for selecting appropriate cable trays for various industrial
environments. The information can only be used as a guide because corrosion processes are dictated by the unique
circumstances of any particular assembly.
Technical
Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
Corrosion is significantly effected by trace impurities which, at times, can become concentrated through wet/dry cycles
in locations that are prone to condensation and evaporation. It is not uncommon to find aggressive mists created from
contaminant species, notably from sulfur or halogen sources.
Temperature greatly influences corrosion, sometimes increasing the rate of metal loss, [a rule-of- thumb guide is that a
30°C change in temperature results in a 10X change in corrosion rate]. Sometimes corrosion attack slows down at
higher temperatures because oxygen levels in aqueous solutions are lowered as temperatures increase. If an
environment completely dries out then there can be no corrosion.
Stress-associated corrosion might occur when assemblies are poorly installed and/or fabricated, e.g., on-site welding or
mechanical fastening. Premature failure can result from: corrosion fatigue, which can occur in any environment; stress
corrosion cracking, which occurs in the presence of a specific chemical when the metal is under a tensile stress, which
may be residual or applied, (e.g., from poor fabrication or welding); fretting, where two adjacent surfaces (under load)
are subjected to an oscillatory motion across the mating surfaces.
Design - good design should minimize the risk of stress concentrations within a structure. Examples include sharp
profiles, abrupt section changes, and threaded screws. These measures are particularly important for metals that are
prone to stress corrosion cracking in specific media.
Design plays a significant role in exacerbating corrosion. Non-draining locations create liquid traps; local metal-to-metal
(or metal-to-non-metal) contact points (e.g., mechanical assemblies (bolts) with washers or spacers), permit crevice
corrosion and/or galvanic corrosion to occur. Areas that are poorly maintained, (e.g., surfaces are not regularly (or
properly) washed and stubborn deposits remain on the metal surface), are particularly prone to localized corrosion
damage due to different levels of oxygen under and adjacent to the location in question (differential aeration). Resulting
damage from these situations is in the form of small holes (pits). In each of the examples just quoted there is a
restricted supply of oxygen. Thus, metals (e.g., aluminum, stainless steels, zinc) that rely on oxygen to form protective
corrosion films (oxides, hydroxides, carbonates, etc.,) may be prone to localized pitting and/or crevice corrosion.
A further example of localized corrosion occurs when dissimilar metals contact each other in the presence of a
corrodent, i.e., galvanic corrosion. Each metal will corrode but the one that is most active [anode] can be more
corroded especially when there is a large surrounding area of the less active [cathodic] metal. It is wise to avoid small
anodic areas. Some examples include: steel bolts [small area of anodic metal] in stainless steel plate, [large area of
cathodic metal]; steel bolts in copper plate - the steel corrodes). There can be environmental influences, for example a
fluid that contains active metallic species, for example copper ion contact with aluminum (copper picked up from
aqueous solutions conveyed in copper pipe) - the aluminum corrodes. A further dramatic example is provided when
trace quantities of mercury contact aluminum - the aluminum corrodes very rapidly. These are examples of deposit
corrosion.
23
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
Key to Symbols in Table
The following symbols have been used throughout the TABLE in order to provide an indication about the suitability of a
potential candidate material for a specific chemical environment.
NOTE: These tables should be regarded only as GUIDES to anticipated performance because of
possible contributions from temperature, pollutant (contaminant) species, etc. Further
details have been given elsewhere.
SYMBOLS:
24
++
first choice; very low corrosion rate, typically <5 mpy, or <0.005 inch/year, (1 mil = 1/1000 inch).
+
good choice; low corrosion rate, typically <20 mpy, or <0.02 ipy.
-
can use; corrosion rate up to 50 mpy (0.05 ipy); some limitations may apply.
X
not recommended.
(-)
brackets indicate probable limitations, e.g., at higher temperatures, [symbol “T”]; at higher
concentrations, [symbol “C”]; due to pitting, [symbol “P”]; due to local grain boundary attack in
the metal - intergranular corrosion, [symbol “I”]; or, due to stress corrosion cracking,
[symbol “S”].
nd
no available data
Chemical Species
Aluminum
HDG/Steel
316SS
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
Acetaldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Acetic acid - aerated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T,C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)T
Acetic acid - not aerated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T,C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)T
Acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Acetylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Allyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Aluminum chloride - dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T,P
Aluminum chloride - wet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)P
Aluminum sulfate - satd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Ammonia - anhydrous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Ammonia - gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ammonium acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Ammonium bicarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ammonium carbonate - satd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Ammonium chloride - 28%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)C
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
chloride - 50%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
hydroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
phosphate - 40% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
sulfate - to 30%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Amyl acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Asphalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Beer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Benzene (benzol). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Benzoic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Benzol - see benzene
Boric acid (boracic acid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)T,P
Bromine - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Butadiene (butylene). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Butyl alcohol (butanol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Butyric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Cadmium sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Calcium carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
25
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
Chemical Species (cont’d)
Aluminum
HDG/Steel
316SS
Calcium chloride - satd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)S
Calcium hydroxide - satd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Calcium hypochlorite - satd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Carbon dioxide - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Carbon disulfide (bisulfide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Carbon tetrachloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Carbolic acid - see phenol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)P
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P,S
Carbonic acid - see carbon dioxide
Caustic potash - see potassium hydroxide
Caustic soda - see sodium hydroxide
Chlorine gas - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)P,S
Chloroform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T,S
Chromic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P
Citric acid - dilute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T,C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P
Copper chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)P
Copper nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Copper sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Cresol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Crude oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Diethylamine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Dimethyl ketone - see acetone
Ethyl acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (++)dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Ethylene dichloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (-)dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
Ethylene glycol (glycol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Ferric chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Ferric nitrate - 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Ferrous sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P
Formaldehyde (methanal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)T,C
Fluorine gas - moist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Formalin - see formaldehyde
Formic acid (methanoic acid) - 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,C
26
Chemical Species (cont’d)
Aluminum
HDG/Steel
316SS
Furfural (furfuraldehyde) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Furol - see furfural
Gelatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Glycerine (glycerol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Hexamine - 80% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Hydrobromic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Hydrocyanic acid - dilute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Hydrocyanic acid - conc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Hydrofluoric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Hydrogen
Hydrogen
Hydrogen
Hydrogen
Hydrogen
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
chloride gas - dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)S
chloride gas - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
fluoride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (-)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
peroxide - to 40%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
sulfide - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
Hypo - see sodium thiosulfate
Hypochlorous acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Iodine solution - satd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Lactic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,I
Latex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Lithium chloride - to 30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Linseed oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Magnesium chloride - 50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Magnesium hydroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Magnesium sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Maleic acid (maleinic acid) - 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Methyl alcohol (methanol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Methyl ethyl ketone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++
Molasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Naptha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Natural fats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Nickel chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
27
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
Chemical Species (cont’d)
Aluminum
HDG/Steel
316SS
Nickel sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Nitric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)I
Oleic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (++)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Oxalic acid - dilute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Oxalic acid - saturated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Paraformaldehyde - to 30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Perchloroethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P
Phenol (carbolic acid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Phosphoric acid - dilute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Phosphoric acid - 50%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)I
Picric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Potassium bicarbonate - 30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium
carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
chloride - to 25% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P
dichromate - 30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (++)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
hydroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)S
nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Potassium sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Propionic acid (propanoic acid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Propyl alcohol (propane). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Prussic acid - see hydrocyanic acid
Pyridine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nd
28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Soaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Sodium bicarbonate - 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
Sodium bisulfate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Sodium bisulfite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Sodium chloride - to 30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P,S
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)P,S
cyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
hydroxide - 10-30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
hydroxide - 50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
hydroxide - conc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
hypochlorite - conc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Chemical Species (cont’d)
Aluminum
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
HDG/Steel
nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
peroxide - 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd
silicate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd
sulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (++)30% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
sulfide - to 50%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd
316SS
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Corrosion
Resistance Guide
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
Sodium thiosulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Stearic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Sorbital (hexahydric alcohol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Sulfur dioxide - dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Sulfur dioxide - wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Sulfuric acid - to 80%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Sulfuric acid - 80-90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Sulfuric acid - 98%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Tannic acid (tannin). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
Tartaric acid - to 50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (+)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd
Toluene (Toluol; methyl benzene) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Trichloroethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (++)T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
Turpentine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)T
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(-)I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(+)P
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Water - acid, mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P
Water - potable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Water - sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .++
Zinc chloride - dilute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nd . . . . . . . . . . . . .(++)P,S
29
Technical Information
7
Electrical Grounding
Capacity
Electrical Grounding Capacity
The National Electrical Code, Article 392-7 allows
cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding
conductor. All T&B standard cable trays are
classified by Underwriter’s Laboratories per US NEC
Table 392-7 based on their cross sectional area.
The corresponding cross-sectional area for each
siderail design (2-siderails) is listed on the label. This
cable tray label is attached to each straight section
that is UL classified. Fittings are not subject to
CSA or UL.
NEC TABLE 392.7 (B)
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors
Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Setting for Ground Fault
Minimum Cross-Sectional
Area of Metal*
In Square Inches
Protection of any Cable Circuit
Steel
Aluminum
in the Cable Tray System
Cable Trays
Cable Trays
60
0.20
0.20
100
0.40
0.20
200
0.70
0.20
400
1.00
0.40
600
1.50 **
0.40
1000
-
0.60
1200
-
1.00
1600
-
1.50
2000
-
2.00 **
For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type
cable trays: or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in
channel-type cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction.
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes.
Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000
amperes.
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be
used.
See pages 198 to 201 for grounding and bonding products.
For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray refer to section 4.7 of the
NEMA VE 2-2006 Cable Tray installation guidelines.
30
Thermal Expansion and Contraction
A cable tray system may be affected by thermal expansion and contraction, which must be taken into account during
installation. To determine the number of expansion splice plates you need, decide the length of the straight cable tray
runs and the total difference between the minimum winter and maximum summer temperatures. To function properly,
expansion splice plates require accurate gap settings between trays. To find the gap (see Table 2):
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN EXPANSION JOINTS
(For 1” Movement)
PLOT YOUR GAP SETTING
Locate the lowest metal temperature on low
temperature line.
Locate the highest metal temperature on high
temperature line.
Connect these two points.
Locate installation temperature and plot to
high/low line. Drop plot to gap setting.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Thermal Expansion
and Contraction
Temperature
Differential (oF)
Steel
(Feet)
Aluminum
(Feet)
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
512
256
171
128
102
85
73
260
130
87
65
52
43
37
Note: Every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding
jumpers for grounding continuity.
Table 1
The support nearest the midpoint between expansion splice plates should be anchored, allowing the tray longitudinal
movement in both directions. All other support location should be secured by expansion guides. (see Table 3)
When a cable tray system is used as an equipment grounding conductor, it is important to use bonding jumpers at all
expansion connections to keep the electrical circuit continuous.
Gap Setting of Expansion Splice Plate
Max. Temp.
METAL TEMPERATURE AT TIME
FOR INSTALLATION (FO OR CO)
50
40
30
20
1” (25.4) Gap Maximum
Min. Temp.
Fo
Co
Fo
Co
130
130
110
110
90
90
70
70
20
50
40
30
10
50
50
10
0
30
30
0
-10
10
10
-20
-30
-10
-10
-30
-30
-30
-40
-40
0
(0.0)
1/8
(3.2)
1/4
(6.3)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
GAP SETTING, Inches (mm)
Table 2
-10
-20
3/4
(19.9)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
Typical Cable Tray
Installation
Expansion Splice Plates
(Bonding Jumpers required
on each side of tray)
Table 3
31
Technical Information
Structural
Design
Structural Design
Structural Design
An installed cable tray system functions as a beam under a uniformly distributed load. The four basic beam
configurations found in cable installations are simple, continuous, cantilever and fixed. Each is attached to the cable tray
support in a different way.
Continuous Beam
Cable tray sections forming spans constitute a continuous beam configuration, the most common found in cable tray
installations. This configuration exhibits characteristics of the simple beam and the fixed beam. For example, with loads
applied to all spans at the same time, the ends spans function like simple beams, while the counterbalancing loads on
either side of a support function like a fixed beam. As the number of spans increases, the continuous beam behaves
increasingly like a fixed beam, and the maximum deflection continues to decrease. As this occurs, the system’s load
carrying capability increases.
Simple Beam
A straight section of cable tray supported at both ends but not fastened functions as a simple beam. Under a load, the
tray will exhibit deflection. The load carrying capacity of a cable tray unit should be based on simple beam loading,
since this type of loading occurs at run ends, offsets, etc., in any tray system. The NEMA/CSA Load Test is a simple
beam, uniformly distributed load test, used primarily because it is easy to test and represents the worst case beam
condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. The only criterion for NEMA/CSA acceptance is the ability to
support 150% of the rated load.
Fixed Beam
Like the cantilever beam, a fixed beam applies more to the cable tray supports than the tray itself, because both ends
of a fixed beam are firmly attached to the supports. The rigid attachment prevents movement and increases load
bearing ability.
Cantilever Beam
A cantilever beam has more to do with the cable tray supports than the tray. Attaching one end of a beam to a support
while the other end remains unsupported, as when wall mounting a bracket, creates a cantilever beam configuration.
Obviously, with one end unsupported, the load rating of a cantilever beam is significantly less than that of a simple
beam.
Design Loadings
Basic cable trays are designed on the basis of maximum allowable stress for a certain section and material. The
allowable cable load varies with the span, type and width of the tray.
32
Technical Information
Splicing
Since the need for a continuous system requires that siderails be spliced, splice plates must be both strong and easy to
install. T&B Aluminum Snap-In Splice Plate allows hands free installation of hardware for easier assembly. If practical,
splices in a continuous span cable tray system should be installed at points of minimum stress. Unspliced straight
sections should be used on all simple spans and on end spans of continuous span runs. Straight section lengths
should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports.
Technical
Information
Structural
Design
Examples of splicing configurations are shown on page 17.
Basic Design Stresses
Allowable working stresses are the basis for all structural design. Since they must be of such magnitude as to assure
the safety of the structure against failure, their selection is a matter of prime importance. In practice, a basic design
stress is determined by dividing the strength of the material by a factor of safety. The determining factors in establishing
a set of basic design stresses for a structure are therefore the mechanical properties of the materials and suitable
factors of safety. Yield strength and ultimate strength are the mechanical properties most commonly considered to
govern design. Values for these properties are readily obtainable. In determining the factor of safety, the designer must
usually be guided by current practice—the “standard specifications” adopted by various technical societies and
associations—and his or her own judgment and experience.
Factors of safety
Since a low value for the factor of safety results in economy of material, the designer seeks to establish a value as low
as is practical, based on sound engineering judgment and experience. In making the determination, consideration of the
following factors are highly important:
The accuracy with which the loads to represent service conditions are selected and assumed. If there is much doubt
concerning these loads, the basic design stress will have to be more conservative than under conditions where the
loads are known with considerable accuracy.
The accuracy with which the stresses in the members of a structure are calculated. Many approximations are used in
structural design to estimate stress distribution. The choice of a factor of safety should be consistent with how accurate
the analysis is. The more precise the method, the greater the allowable unit stress may be.
The significance of the structure being designed. The designer must keep in mind the relative importance of the
structure and appraise the possibility of its failure causing significant property damage or loss of life. In this respect, the
significance of the design will govern the choice of a factor of safety to a considerable extent.
The factors of safety used in designing most common types of structures are an outgrowth of the experience gained
from many applications and tests—even failures. The trend in recent years has been to reduce the factors of safety in
line with improved quality of material and increasing knowledge of stress distribution. Further reductions may be made
in the future as greater accuracy in determinations becomes possible and practicable.
33
Technical Information
Structural
Design
Application of design stresses to cable tray systems
A cable tray manufacturer must design standard products to accommodate the great variations encountered in
applications. The factors affecting the selection of a suitable basic design stress necessarily result in more conservative
stresses than might otherwise be required.
An engineer, who is in a position to determine specific stress requirements with a far greater degree of accuracy, may
consider that the manufacturer’s basic design stresses are too conservative for a particular project. Using individual
experience and judgment, he or she would establish a new set of basic design stresses, selecting those safety factors
that would result in a cable tray system best suited to meet the projected service conditions. With these stresses, the
engineer can easily calculate an increase or decrease in the manufacturer’s loading data, since the load is always in
direct proportion to the stress.
The factors of safety used in determining maximum allowable stresses are as follows:
• Aluminum Alloys
a. For tension: the lower of 1/3 the minimum ultimate strength or 1/2 the minimum yield strength in tension.
b. For compression: the lower of 1/3 the minimum ultimate strength or 2/5 the minimum yield strength in
compression.
c. For shear: the lower of 1/3 the minimum ultimate strength or 1/2 the minimum yield strength in shear.
• For Hot Rolled Steels
a. For tension: the lower of 1/2 the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in
tension times .61.
b. For compression: the lower of 1/2 the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in
compression times .61.
c. For shear: maximum stress not to exceed a value of 2/3 the basic design stress for tension.
Design Efficiency
A tray designed to perform its required function with the minimum weight (which facilitates installation) requires the
material to be used in the most effective manner. The design requirements of siderails are different from those of rungs
or ventilated bottom; fabricated tray allows the designer to use different shapes and thicknesses of metal to the best
advantage. The strength of the siderail and rungs is increased by the proper use of metal in the high strength heattreated aluminum or continuously rolled cold-worked steel sections.
34
35
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Loading
Loading
Loading
It is important to note that, per NEMA Standard VE1, cable tray is not designed to support personnel. The user should
display appropriate warnings to prevent the use of cable tray as walkways.
Cable Loads
The cable load is the total weight, expressed in kg/m or lb/ft, of all the cables that will be placed in the cable tray.
Seismic Loads
It is now known that cable tray systems can withstand stronger earthquakes than previously thought. The tray itself and
the support material are highly ductile, and the cables moving within the tray tend to dissipate energy. However, if you
have specific seismic specifications for selected cable tray, please consult T&B to ensure your specifications are met.
36
Load Diagrams for Beams
CANTILEVER BEAMS
Uniform Load
w per unit of length: total load w
Reaction R = wL = W
Moment at any point: M = WX2 = WX2
2
2L
Maximum moment Mmax = wL2 = WL
2
2
Maximum deflection, D = wL4 = WL3
BEI BEI
Maximum Shear, V = wL
Technical
Information
Technical Information
Loading
Concentrated Load at Free End
Reaction; R = P
Moment at any point: M = Px
Maximum moment, Mmax = PL
Maximum deflection, D = PL3
3EI
Maximum Shear, V = P
CONTINUOUS BEAMS
Two Span
W = wL
R = Reaction, kg
L = Span Length, cm R1 = cw
Three Span
Four Span
Five Span
SIMPLE BEAMS
Uniform Load
w per unit of length, total load w
ReactionS: Rl = Rr = WL = W
2
2
Moment at any point: M = wX(L-X) = WX(L-X)
2
2L
Maximum moment, AT CENTRE Mmax = wL2 = WL
8
8
Maximum deflection: D = 5wL4 = 5WL3
384EI 384EI
Maximum Shear: V = WL
2
Concentrated Load at Center
Reaction Rl = Rr = P
2
Moment at any point: X <=L , M = PX
2
2
X > = L , M = P (L-X)
2
2
Maximum moment, At Center, Mmax = PL
4
Concentrated Load at any Point
Reaction: RL = Pb, Rr = Pa
L
L
Moment at any point: X <= a,M = RlX = PbX
L
X >= a,M = Rr (L-X) = Pa (L-X)
L
Maximum moment, At X = a, Mmax = Pab
L
Maximum deflection, D = Pab(L+b)3a(L+b)
27EIL
Maximum Shear, V = Pa , WHEN a > b
L
Maximum deflection, D = PL3
384EI
Maximum Shear, V = P
2
37
Technical Information
Loading for Grades
B, C and D
General Loading Requirements and Maps
(IEEE: Section 25 Loading for Grades B, C and D)
General
1. It is necessary to assume the loadings that may be expected to occur on a line because of wind and ice during all
seasons of the year. These weather loadings shall be the values of loading resulting from the application of Rules
250B or 250C. Where both rules apply, the required loading shall be the one that, when combined with the
appropriate overload capacity factors, has the greater effect on strength requirements.
2. Where construction or maintenance loads exceed those imposed by Rule 250A1, which may occur more frequently
in light loading areas, the assumed loadings shall be increased accordingly.
3. It is recognized that loadings actually experienced in certain areas in each of the loading districts may be greater, or
in some cases, may be less than those specified in these rules. In the absence of a detailed loading analysis, no
reduction in the loadings specified therein shall be made without the approval of the administrative authority.
Combined Ice and Wind Loading
Three general degrees of loading due to weather conditions are recognized and are designated as heavy, medium, and
light loading. Figure 250-1 shows the districts in which these loadings are normally applicable.
Figure 250-1 shows the radial thickness of ice and the wind pressures to be used in calculating loading. Ice is assumed
to weigh 57 lb/ft2 (913 kg/m3).
Extreme Wind Loading
If any portion of a structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft (18m) above ground or water level, the applicable
horizontal wind speed of Figure 250-2, as determined by the linear interpolation, shall be used to calculate horizontal
wind pressures. These pressures shall be applied to the entire structure and supported facilities without ice loading. The
following formulas shall be used to calculate wind pressures on cylindrical surfaces:
pressure in lb/ft3 = 0.00256 (v m/h)2
pressure in pascals = 0.613 (v m/h)2
where
m = meters
s = seconds
Figure 250-2 lists the conversions of velocities to pressures for typical wind speeds as calculated by the formulas listed
above. If no portion of the structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft (18m) above ground or water level, the
provisions of this rule are not required.
For Canadian customers, please refer to Annex A (page 251) for Figure 250-1CDN and Figure 250-2CDN.
For US customers, please refer to Annex B (page 252) for Figure 250-1USA and Figure 250-2USA.
38
Technical Information
Technical
Information
Loading for Grades
B, C and D
39
Technical Information
Engineering Cable Tray
Specification
Enginering Cable Tray Specification
Cable Tray
•
Cable tray shall be by one manufacturer and shall consist of straight sections, fittings and accessories per
NEMA VE1-2006/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02. Cable tray must be listed by UL as equipment grounding
conductor. There shall be no burrs, projections or sharp edges to damage the cable insulation.
Material
•
•
•
•
Aluminum - All siderails, and rungs shall be of extruded aluminum type 6063-T6. Siderails shall be of I-beam
construction.
Pre-Galvanized Steel - All siderails and rungs shall be of steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM
A653/A653M-06a with G90 coating thickness. Siderail shall be reinforced with flanges turned inward.
Hot Dip Galvanized Steel - All siderails and rungs shall be made from steel conforming to the requirements of
A1008/A1008M-07, SS grade 33, type 2 or A1011/A1011-06b SS, grade 33 and shall be hot dip galvanized
after manufacture per ASTM A123 providing a minimum thickness of 1.50 oz per ft.2
Stainless Steel - All cable tray and accessories shall be of type AISI 316 stainless steel.
Tray Types
•
•
•
Ladder - Ladder tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by lateral rungs. Rungs shall provide minimum
1e" bearing surface and have slots perpendicular to the centerline of the rung on 1" centers for attachment of
cable ties. Rungs shall also have an open slot to facilitate attachment of pipe straps and other accessories.
Rungs shall be installed at 6", 9", 12" or 18" spacing. The rungs shall not be below the bottom of the siderail.
Solid Bottom - Solid Bottom tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs on 12'' centers with a solid
sheet applied below the rungs.
Ventilated Trough - Ventilated trough tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs at 4" spacing.
Dimensions
•
•
•
•
Siderail Height - Siderails heights shall be 3-5/8", 4", 5", 6", and 7" minimum loading depths shall be
2-5/8", 3", 4", 5", and 6".
Length - All cable tray straight sections shall be supplied in 12', 24', 3m and 6m lengths.
Width - Cable tray shall be supplied in 6", 9", 12", 18", 24", 30", 36", and 42" widths as required.
Radiused Fittings - For all fittings requiring a radius that radius shall be 12", 24", 36", and 48" and shall be
measured to the nearest perpendicular surface.
Accessories
•
•
Covers and Accessories - Covers shall be supplied to protect tray cable where needed. Appropriate holddowns
shall be supplied to properly attach the covers to the tray.
Splice Plates - Aluminum splice plates shall be designed to snap into tray siderail and shall be supplied with
four square neck carriage bolts and hex nuts for attachment. Steel splice plates shall be supplied with four
square neck carriage bolts and hex nuts for attachment.
Loading Capabilities
•
Cable tray shall meet specified NEMA/CSA load ratings with safety factor of 1.5. The cable tray should also be
able to support a 200 lb concentrated load at midspan over and above stated cable load.
Design and Manufacture
•
40
Cable tray design shall be that of T&B Cable Tray Systems as manufactured by Thomas & Betts.
Technical Information
Engineering Cable Tray
Specification
—
Please refer to Table 2 for Aluminum and Table 3 for Steel
TABLE 1
Technical
Information
Selection of Thomas & Betts Series of Cable Tray
—
Load / Span Class Designation
LOAD
kg/m
37
67
74
97
112
149
179
299
lb/ft
(25)
(45)
(50)
(65)
(75)
(100)
(120)
(200)
2.4 (8)
–
–
8A
–
8B
8C
–
–
3.0 (10)
A
–
–
C
–
–
D
E
SPAN, m (ft)
3.7 (12)
–
–
12A
–
12B
12C
–
–
4.9 (16)
–
–
16A
–
16B
16C
–
–
6.0 (20)
–
D
20A
–
E or 20B
20C
–
–
Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C are the traditional NEMA designations.
A, C, D, and E are the conventional CSA designations.
TABLE 2
Aluminum Load / Span Class Designation
Siderail
Height
Series
4”
AH04
AH14
AH24
AH34
AH44
AH54
5”
AH25
AH35
AH45
6”
7”
Load Depth
(in) Nominal
NEMA CSA
Class Class
3”
8B
12A
12B
12C
20A
20B
–
C/3m
D/3m
D/6m
E/3m
E/6m
4”
12C
20A
20B
D/6m
E/3m
E/6m
AH06
AH16
AH26
AH36
AH46
AH56
AH66
5”
12B
12C
20A
20B
20C
20C
20C
C/3m
D/6m
E/3m
E/6m
–
–
–
AH27
AH2C7
AH37
6”
20B
20C
20C
E/6m
–
–
TABLE 3
Siderail
Height
Steel Load / Span Class Designation
Series
Load Depth
(in) Nominal
NEMA
Class
CSA
Class
3-5/8”
SH13/SP13/SS13
2-5/8”
12A
C/3m
4”
SH14/SP14/SS14
SH34/SP34/SS34
3”
12C
20A
D/3m
D/6m
5”
SH25/SP25/SS25
SH45/SP45/SS45
SH55/SP55/SS55
4”
20A
20B
20C
D/6m
E/6m
–
6”
SH06/SP06/SS06
SH16/SP16/SS16
SH36/SP36/SS36
SH46/SP46/*
5”
12A
20A
20B
20C
C/3m
D/6m
E/6m
–
7”
SH37/SP37/SS37
6”
20C
–
*Note: Stainless Steel 316 available, consult with T&B sales for further information.
Note: See appendix for information on Aluminum “Heavy Load” bearing
trays and spans beyond 6 m.
41
Aluminum Cable Tray
Section 2
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Features
—
—
Straight Siderail Design: Extruded I-beam
Nominal Height 4" to 7”
Loading Height 3" to 6”
Snap-in splice plate connection.
—
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.
—
Versatile continuous open slot rungs (strut profile).
—
Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots (5/8 x 5/8) on one inch (1”) centers.
—
Extra wide rung design.
—
Four bolt connection.
—
Choice of two styles of fitting (U & H) siderails.
Aluminum
Straights
Features
Applications
COMMERCIAL
— Schools
— Hospitals
— Office Buildings
— Airports
— Casinos
— Stadiums
INDUSTRIAL
— Petro-Chemical Plants
— Automotive Plants
— Paper Plants
— Food Processing
—
—
—
—
Power Plants
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining
Accessories
—
Each pair of splice plates comes with 3/8" mounting hardware.
—
Complete line of accessories and support systems.
Material
6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Compliance
CSA, NEMA, NEC, UL
Load Ratings
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail,
rung, etc.) above and beyond published load class.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
45
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Ladder
—
Extra wide aluminum rungs are welded to
extruded aluminum I-beam siderails. Every
second rung is reversed to allow for easy
top or bottom mounting of cable ties and
clamps. All edges and welds are rounded
and smooth to prevent cable damage.
Ventilated
—
A fabricated structure consisting of integral
or separate longitudinal rails and a bottom
having openings sufficient for the passage
of air and utilizing 75% or less of the plan
area of the surface to support cables. The
maximum open spacings between cable
support surfaces of transverse elements do
not exceed 102 mm (4 in) in the direction
parallel to the tray side rails (rung edge to
rung edge).
Solid Trough
—
A fabricated structure consisting of a
bottom without ventilation openings within
separate longitudinal side rails.
Rungs are not perforated, and not
alternated (up/down). However, Ty-Raps
can be inserted diagonally between rung
and bottom sheet for cable fastening.
NOTE:
Fast and easy snap-in splice plates are provided with each straight section.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
46
Straight Length Tray Bottom
Types Available
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section
Number Selection
Straight Sections
Aluminum
Straights
Straight sections utilize a 7” splice plate and the fittings have tangents at the extremities.
This style offers enhanced aesthetics and rigidity system to the end-user.
Straight Section Number Selection
(AH16) 24L09144
Material
A • Aluminum
Style
H • H-Beam
Series
Siderail
Height
Width
Bottom Type
Length
** 0 • Series 0
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 •(12ft)
*** 1 • Series 1
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 •(24ft)
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 •(3 meters)
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 •(6 meters)
2 • Series 2
3 • Series 3
4”
4 • Series 4
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
5 • Series 5
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
2 • Series 2
3 • Series 3
4 • Series 4
5”
* 42 • (42")
** 0 • Series 0
1 • Series 1
2 • Series 2
3 • Series 3
6”
4 • Series 4
5 • Series 5
*
**
***
6 • Series 6
2 • Series 2
2C • Series 2C
3 • Series 3
Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Series 0 is not available in 288” or 6 meter lengths.
Series AH1-4 is not available in 6 meter lengths.
7”
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
47
4” Straight Sections
Series 0-4, 1-4, 2-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 0 4 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
A • Aluminum
Style
H • H-Beam
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
4 • (4")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
** 0 • Series 0
09 • (9")
*** 1 • Series 1
12 • (12")
2 • Series 2
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
*
**
***
Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Series 0 is not available in 288”, or 6 meter lengths nor is it available in solid bottom
Series 1 is not available in 6 meter lengths.
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load bythe deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
152
86
55
38
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.265
0.472
0.737
1.062
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.002
0.006
0.013
0.028
-
-
-
-
239
134
86
60
44
34
27
22
Deflection (in.)
0.318
0.565
0.884
1.272
1.732
2.262
3.863
3.534
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.004
0.010
0.021
0.039
0.067
0.108
0.164
358
202
129
90
66
51
40
32
Deflection (in.)
0.416
0.740
1.156
1.673
2.277
2.974
3.764
4.590
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.004
0.009
0.019
0.034
0.059
0.094
0.143
SERIES
AH0-4
AH1-4
AH2-4
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
48
4” Straight Sections
Series 0-4, 1-4, 2-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Straights
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH0-4
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AH1-4
AH2-4
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
7.35
10.35
13.35
19.35
25.35
31.35
37.35
43.35
4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93
7.46
10.46
13.46
19.46
25.46
31.46
37.46
43.46
4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88
8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38
4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SIDERAIL DESIGN
SERIES
AH0-4
AH1-4
AH2-4
DIMENSIONS
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 1.67 in4
Sx = 0.774 in3
Area = 0.742 in2
Ix = 2.19 in4
Sx = 1.05 in3
Area = 0.906 in2
Ix = 2.51 in4
Sx = 1.17 in3
Area = 0.986 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
8B
CSA
–
12A, 8C
C1
12B
D1/3m
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2
Note: See appendix for information on “Heavy Load” bearing trays and spans beyond 6 m.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
49
4” Straight Sections
Series 3-4, 4-4, 5-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 5 4 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
Style
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
A • Aluminum
H • H-Beam
3 • Series 3
4 • (4")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
09 • (9")
4 • Series 4
12 • (12")
5 • Series 5
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
522
294
188
131
96
73
58
47
Deflection (in.)
0.477
0.849
1.326
1.909
2.599
3.395
4.296
5.304
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.003
0.007
0.015
0.027
0.046
0.074
0.113
589
331
212
147
108
83
65
53
Deflection (in.)
0.441
0.785
1.226
1.766
2.403
3.139
3.973
4.905
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.006
0.012
0.022
0.038
0.061
0.092
867
488
312
217
159
122
96
78
Deflection (in.)
0.505
0.898
1.403
2.021
2.751
3.593
4.547
5.614
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.004
0.009
0.017
0.029
0.047
0.072
SERIES
AH3-4
AH4-4
AH5-4
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
50
4” Straight Sections
Series 3-4, 4-4, 5-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Straights
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH3-4
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AH4-4
AH5-4
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38
4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88
8.41
11.41
14.41
20.41
26.41
32.41
38.41
44.41
4.91
7.91
10.91
16.91
22.91
28.91
34.91
40.91
8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38
4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SERIES
AH3-4
AH4-4
AH5-4
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 3.19 in4
Sx = 1.41 in3
Area = 1.22 in2
Ix = 3.89 in4
Sx = 1.75 in3
Area = 1.40 in2
Ix = 5.00 in4
Sx = 2.24 in3
Area = 1.76 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
12C,16A D1/6m
20A,16B E/3m
20B,16C E/6m
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
51
5” Straight Sections
Series 2-5, 3-5, 4-5
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 2 5 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
Style
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
A • Aluminum
H • H-Beam
2 • Series 2
5 • (5")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
09 • (9")
3 • Series 3
12 • (12")
4 • Series 4
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
511
288
184
128
94
72
57
46
Deflection (in.)
0.328
0.584
0.912
1.313
1.787
2.334
2.955
3.648
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
0.010
0.019
0.032
0.052
0.079
600
338
216
150
110
84
67
54
Deflection (in.)
0.313
0.557
0.870
1.253
1.706
2.228
2.820
3.481
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.004
0.008
0.015
0.026
0.042
0.064
844
475
304
211
155
119
94
76
Deflection (in.)
0.337
0.599
0.936
1.348
1.834
2.396
3.033
3.744
Deflection Factor
0.004
0.001
0.003
0.006
0.012
0.020
0.032
0.049
SERIES
AH2-5
AH3-5
AH4-5
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
52
5” Straight Sections
Series 2-5, 3-5, 4-5
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Straights
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH2-5
AH3-5
AH4-5
W (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
8.39
11.39
14.39
20.39
26.39
32.39
38.39
44.39
4.89
7.89
10.89
16.89
22.89
28.89
34.89
40.89
8.43
11.43
14.43
20.43
26.43
32.43
38.43
44.43
4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93
8.45
11.45
14.45
20.45
26.45
32.45
38.45
44.45
4.95
7.95
10.95
16.95
22.95
28.95
34.95
40.95
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SERIES
AH2-5
AH3-5
AH4-5
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 4.54 in4
Sx = 1.73 in3
Area = 1.23 in2
Ix = 5.58 in4
Sx = 2.13 in3
Area = 1.52 in2
Ix = 7.31 in4
Sx = 2.66 in3
Area = 1.87 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
12C,16A D1/6m
20A,16B E/3m
20B,16C E/6m
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
53
6” Straight Sections
Series 1-6, 2-6, 3-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 2 6 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
Style
A • Aluminum
H • H-Beam
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
6 • (6")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
**0 • Series 0
09 • (9")
1 • Series 1
12 • (12")
2 • Series 2
18 • (18")
3 • Series 3
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
** Available in 3 m and 144 in lengths only.
Technical Specifications
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
AH0-6
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
AH1-6
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
AH2-6
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
AH3-6
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
308
173
111
77
–
–
–
–
0.069
0.128
0.384
0.552
–
–
–
–
0.0002
0.0007
0.003
0.007
–
–
–
–
511
288
184
128
94
72
57
46
0.191
0.340
0.531
0.764
1.040
1.359
1.720
2.132
0.0004
0.001
0.003
0.006
0.011
0.019
0.030
0.046
589
331
212
147
108
83
65
53
0.203
0.360
0.563
0.811
1.104
1.442
1.825
2.253
0.0003
0.001
0.003
0.006
0.010
0.017
0.028
0.043
889
500
320
222
163
125
99
80
0.199
0.353
0.552
0.794
1.081
1.412
1.788
2.207
0.0002
0.001
0.002
0.004
0.007
0.011
0.018
0.028
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
54
6” Straight Sections
Series 1-6, 2-6, 3-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Straights
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH0-6
W (in.) Wo (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
7.87
10.87
13.87
19.87
25.87
31.87
37.87
43.87
AH1-6
AH2-6
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
4.87
7.87
10.87
16.87
22.87
28.87
34.87
40.87
8.37
11.37
14.37
20.37
26.37
32.37
38.37
44.37
4.87
7.87
10.87
16.87
22.87
28.87
34.87
40.87
8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38
4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88
AH3-6
Wo (in.)
8.89
11.89
14.89
20.89
26.89
32.89
38.89
44.89
Wi (in.)
4.89
7.89
10.89
16.89
22.89
28.89
34.89
40.89
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SERIES
AH0-6
AH1-6
AH2-6
AH3-6
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 6.27
Sx = 1.92
Area = 1.22
Ix = 7.80 in4
Sx = 2.36 in3
Area = 1.43 in2
Ix = 8.47 in4
Sx = 2.59 in3
Area = 1.55 in2
Ix = 13.05 in4
Sx = 3.88 in3
Area = 2.12 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
12B
C
12C,16A D/6M
20A,16B E/3M
20B,16C E/6M
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
55
6” Straight Sections
Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 5 6 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
Style
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
A • Aluminum
H • H-Beam
4 • Series 4
6 • (6")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
09 • (9")
5 • Series 5
12 • (12")
6 • Series 6
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Note: See appendix for information on “Heavy Load” bearing trays and spans beyond 6 m.
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
Load (lb/ft)
1133
638
408
283
208
159
126
102
Deflection (in.)
0.238
0.424
0.662
0.954
1.298
1.696
2.146
2.649
0.0002
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.006
0.011
0.017
0.026
Load (lb/ft)
1334
756
484
336
247
189
149
121
Deflection (in.)
0.249
0.443
0.693
0.997
1.358
1.773
2.244
2.771
0.0002
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.005
0.009
0.015
0.023
Load (lb/ft)
1889
1063
680
472
347
266
210
170
Deflection (in.)
0.315
0.560
0.875
1.260
1.715
2.240
2.835
3.500
0.0002
0.001
0.001
0.003
0.005
0.008
0.014
0.021
SERIES
AH4-6
Deflection Factor
AH5-6
Deflection Factor
AH6-6
Deflection Factor
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
56
6” Straight Sections
Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AH5-6
Aluminum
Straights
AH4-6
W (in.)
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH6-6
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
8.90
11.90
14.90
20.90
26.90
32.90
38.90
44.90
4.90
7.90
10.90
16.90
22.90
28.90
34.90
40.90
8.93
11.93
14.93
20.93
26.93
32.93
38.93
44.93
4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93
9.01
12.01
15.01
21.01
27.01
33.01
39.01
45.01
5.01
8.01
11.01
17.01
23.01
29.01
35.01
41.01
Note: See appendix for information on “Heavy Load” bearing trays
and spans beyond 6 m.
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SIDERAIL DESIGN
SERIES
AH4-6
AH5-6
AH6-6
DIMENSIONS
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 13.86 in4
Sx = 4.07 in3
Area = 2.32 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
20C
Ix = 15.63 in4
Sx = 4.66 in3
Area = 2.68 in2
Exceeds
Ix = 18.84 in4
Sx = 5.51 in3
Area = 3.25 in2
Exceeds
20C
20C
CSA
–
–
–
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
57
7” Straight Sections
Series 2-7, 2C-7, 3-7
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A H 2 7 ) 2 4 L 0 9 14 4
Material
Style
Series
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
A • Aluminum
H • H-Beam
2 • Series 2
7 • (7")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
144 • (12ft)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
L12 • 12" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
09 • (9")
2C • Series 2C
12 • (12")
3 • Series 3
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
V • Ventilated
36 • (36")
S • Solid Trough
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
844
475
304
211
155
119
94
76
0.149
0.265
0.415
0.597
0.813
1.061
1.343
1.658
0.0002
0.001
0.001
0.003
0.005
0.009
0.014
0.022
Load (lb/ft)
1167
656
420
292
214
164
130
105
Deflection (in.)
0.130
0.229
0.440
0.673
0.914
1.195
1.517
1.868
0.0001
0.0003
0.001
0.002
0.004
0.007
0.012
0.018
Load (lb/ft)
1456
819
524
364
267
205
162
131
Deflection (in.)
0.168
0.298
0.466
0.671
0.913
1.192
1.509
1.863
0.0001
0.0004
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.006
0.009
0.014
SERIES
AH2-7
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
AH2C-7
Deflection Factor
AH3-7
Deflection Factor
Note: See appendix for information on “Heavy Load” bearing trays and spans beyond 6 m.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
58
7” Straight Sections
Series 2-7, 2C-7, 3-7
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Aluminum
Straights
Aluminum
Cable Tray
AH2-7
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Wo (in.)
8.90
11.90
14.90
20.90
26.90
32.90
38.90
44.90
AH2C-7
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
4.90
7.90
10.90
16.90
22.90
28.90
34.90
40.90
8.97
11.97
14.97
20.97
26.97
32.97
38.97
44.97
AH3-7
Wi (in.)
4.97
7.97
10.97
16.97
22.97
28.97
34.97
40.97
Wo (in.)
9.00
12.00
15.00
21.00
27.00
33.00
39.00
45.00
Wi (in.)
5.00
8.00
11.00
17.00
23.00
29.00
35.00
41.00
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SIDERAIL DESIGN
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 16.50 in4
Sx = 4.06 in3
Area = 2.14 in2
AH2-7
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
20B
CSA
E/6m
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
2.00
AH2C-7
7.295
Ix = 20.24 in4
Sx = 5.00 in3
Area = 2.66 in2
Exceeds
Ix = 25.32 in4
Sx = 6.35 in3
Area = 3.30 in2
Exceeds
20C
–
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in
6.160
AH3-7
20C
–
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
Note: See appendix for information on “Heavy Load” bearing trays and spans beyond 6 m.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
59
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Explaining the Fitting Styles
U-Style
Which Tray Style Meets the
—
U-Style features fittings constructed with side rail flanges on the inside only (U-Beam).
Features
Benefits
• Functional design
• Lowest purchase price
• Simplicity of design
• Easy to install
• Tangents on fittings
• Occupies less space in areas where space
is restrained
• 7” Snap-in splice plate
• U-shaped fitting siderails
• Easy to align straights
• Splice plate holds components together
while hardware is inserted
• Lighter fittings are easy to handle
Now with Tangents
7”
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
60
1.96”
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Explaining the Fitting Styles
H-Style
Project Criteria and Budget?
H-Style features fittings constructed with side rail having inner and outer flanges (H-Beam).
Features
Benefits
• Premium design
• Improved aesthetics and customer appeal
• Simplicity of design
• Easy to install
• 3” tangents on fittings
• Improved system rigidity
• 7” Snap-in splice plate
• Easy to align straights and fittings
• H-shaped fitting siderails
• Splice plate holds components together
while hardware is inserted
Aluminum
Fittings
—
3”
1.96”
7”
3”
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
61
Aluminum
Cable Tray
62
Fitting Style Selection Guide
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Fitting
Number Selection
Fittings in a cable tray system are required to change cable routing direction and to join straight sections and other
fittings.
This step of the cable tray selection process requires that the specifier chooses between two distinct styles U and H.
Note:
The U-Style and H-Style systems are interchangeable.
U-Style Fitting
A U-shaped extrusion forms the fitting siderail.
U-Style fittings utilize a 7” splice plate and the fittings have tangents at the extremities.
This style offers maximum quality versus cost ratios of the installation.
Aluminum
Fittings
H-Style Fitting
An H-shaped extrusion forms the fitting siderail.
H-Style fittings utilize a 7” splice plate and the fittings have 3” tangents at the extremities.
This style offers enhanced aesthetics to the end-user and increased system rigidity.
Fitting Number Selection
( A U F 6 ) 2 4 L V O 6 0 12
Fitting
Material
Fitting
Style
Siderail
Depth
Width
A • Aluminum
U • U-Beam
4 • (4")
06 • (6")
*
H • H-Beam
5 • (5")
09 • (9")
*** V •
Ventilated
6 • (6")
7 • (7")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
**
†
Angle is required for HB, VI, VO only.
Radius is not required for the following Fitting Types:
HYR, HYL, HLR, HRR, HSR
† Nominal
Bottom
Type
L • Ladder
**** S •
Solid
Trough
Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO
VTD
VTU
HYR
HYL
RT
ET
EX
HLR
HSR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Tee Down
Vertical Tee Up
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Horiz. Expand Cross
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR • Horizontal Right
Reducer
CS • Cable Support Fitting
**Angle
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45o)
24 • (24”)
60 • (60 )
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
48 • (48”)
o
*
Manufactured with 9” rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.
*** Manufactured with 4” edge to edge rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.
**** Manufactured with flat sheet inserted under rungs with 9” rung spacing measured at
the center line of fitting.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
63
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Horizontal Fittings
Selection Guide
Horizontal Bends
U-Style
H-Style
Page 72
90o Horizontal Bend
Page 73
Page 72
60o Horizontal Bend
Page 73
60o Horizontal Bend
Page 74
45o Horizontal Bend
Page 75
45o Horizontal Bend
Page 74
30o Horizontal Bend
Page 75
30o Horizontal Bend
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
64
90o Horizontal Bend
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Horizontal Fittings
Selection Guide
Horizontal Tees, Crosses
U-Style
H-Style
Tee
Page 77
Page 76
Cross
Page 77
Tee
Aluminum
Fittings
Page 76
Cross
Horizontal Reducing Tees
U-Style
Page 78
H-Style
Page 79
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
65
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Horizontal Fittings
Selection Guide
Horizontal Expanding Tees
U-Style
Page 80
H-Style
Page 81
Horizontal Expanding / Crosses
U-Style
Page 82
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
66
H-Style
Page 83
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Horizontal Fittings
Selection Guide
Reducers
U-Style
Offset Reducer - Right
Page 85
Offset Reducer - Right
Aluminum
Fittings
Page 84
H-Style
Reducer - Straight
Offset Reducer - Left
Reducer - Straight
Offset Reducer - Left
Horizontal Wyes
U-Style
Page 86
Page 86
H-Style
Left Hand Wye
Right Hand Wye
Page 87
Page 87
Left Hand Wye
Right Hand Wye
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
67
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Vertical Fittings
Selection Guide
Vertical Bends
U-Style
H-Style
Page 88
90o Outside Bend
Page 89
90o Outside Bend
Page 88
90o Inside Bend
Page 89
90o Inside Bend
Page 90
60o Outside Bend
Page 91
60o Outside Bend
Page 90
60o Inside Bend
Page 91
60o Inside Bend
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
68
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Vertical Fittings
Selection Guide
Vertical Bends (Cont’d.)
U-Style
45o Outside Bend
Page 93
45o Outside Bend
Aluminum
Fittings
Page 92
H-Style
Page 92
45o Inside Bend
Page 93
45o Inside Bend
Page 94
30o Outside Bend
Page 95
30o Outside Bend
Page 94
30o Inside Bend
Page 95
30o Inside Bend
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
69
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Vertical Fittings
Selection Guide
Vertical Tees Up / Down
U-Style
Page 96
Page 96
H-Style
Up
Down
Page 97
Page 97
Cable Supports
U-Style
Page 98
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
70
H-Style
Page 99
Up
Down
Aluminum
Cable Tray
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
71
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Bends
90o / 60o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
90o Horizontal Bend
60o Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
AUF424LHB6012
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
90o Horizontal Bend — U-Style
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o, 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
60o Horizontal Bend — U-Style
Dimensions
X
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
17
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
72
Dimensions
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-12
14-7/8
16-3/16
17-1/2
20-1/16
22-11/16
25-5/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
8-5/8
9-3/8
10-1/8
11-5/8
13-1/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
9-15/16
10-13/16
11-11/16
13-3/8
15-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
20-5/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-24
25-5/16
26-9/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
33-1/16
35-11/16
38-1/4
40-7/8
14-5/8
15-3/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
16-7/8
17-3/4
18-9/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
23-13/16
25-1/2
27-1/4
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-36
35-11/16
37
38-1/4
40-7/8
43-1/2
46-1/16
48-11/16
51-1/4
20-5/8
21-3/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
23-13/16
24-5/8
25-1/2
27-2/8
29
30-11/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-48
46-1/16
47-3/8
48-11/16
51-4/16
53-7/8
56-7/16
59-1/16
61-11/16
26-5/8
27-3/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
30-11/16
31-9/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
35-15/16
37-5/8
39-3/8
41-1/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
X
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Bends
90o / 60o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
90o Horizontal Bend
60o Horizontal Bend
Selection Guide
AHF424LHB6012
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
90o Horizontal Bend — H-Style
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o, 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Aluminum
Fittings
Part Numbering System
60o Horizontal Bend — H-Style
Dimensions
X
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-12
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-24
30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-36
42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB90-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB90-48
54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72
54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72
54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
X
Dimensions
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-12
17-1/2
18-13/16
20-1/16
22-11/16
25-5/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
33-1/16
10-1/8
10-7/8
11-5/8
13-1/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
11-11/16
12-1/2
13-3/8
15-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-24
27-7/8
29-3/16
30-1/2
33-1/16
35-11/16
38-1/4
40-7/8
43-1/2
16-1/8
16-7/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
18-9/16
19-7/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
23-13/16
25-1/2
27-1/4
29
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-36
38-1/4
39-9/16
40-7/8
43-1/2
46-1/16
48-11/16
51-1/4
53-7/8
22-1/8
22-7/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
25-1/2
26-3/8
27-1/4
29
30-11/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
35-15/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB60-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB60-48
48-11/16
49-15/16
51-1/4
53-7/8
56-7/16
59-1/16
61-11/16
64-1/4
28-1/8
28-7/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8
32-7/16
33-5/16
34-3/16
35-15/16
37-5/8
39-3/8
41-1/8
42-13/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
73
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Bends
45o / 30o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
45o Horizontal Bend
30o Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
AUF424LHB4512
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
45o Horizontal Bend — U-Style
30o Horizontal Bend — U-Style
Nominal Radius
Dimensions
R
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
6
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-12 13-5/8
5-5/8
8
9
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-12 14-11/16 6-1/16
8-9/16
12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-12 15-3/4
6-12
9-3/16
18
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-12 17-7/8
7-3/8
10-7/16
24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-12
20
8-1/4
11-11/16
30
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-12 22-1/16
9-1/8
12-15/16
36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-12 24-3/16
10
14-3/16
42
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-12 26-5/16 10-15/16 15-7/16
12
24
36
48
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o, 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-24 22-1/16
9-1/8
12-15/16
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-24 23-1/8
9-9/16
13-9/16
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-24 24-3/16
10
14-3/16
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-24 26-5/16 10-15/16 15-7/16
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-24 28-7/16 11-13/16 16-11/16
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-24 30-9/16 12-11/16 17-15/16
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-24 32-11/16 13-9/16
19-1/8
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-24 34-13/16 14-7/16
20-3/8
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-36 30-9/16 12-11/16 17-15/16
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-36 31-5/8
13-1/8
18-9/16
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-36 32-11/16 13-9/16
19-1/8
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-36 34-13/16 14-7/16
20-3/8
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-36 36-15/16 15-5/16
21-5/8
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-36 39-1/16 16-3/16
22-7/8
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-36 41-3/16 17-1/16
24-1/8
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-36 43-5/16 17-15/16 25-3/8
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-48 39-1/16 16-3/16
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-48 40-1/8
16-3/8
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-48 41-3/16 17-1/16
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-48 43-5/16 17-15/16
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-48 45-7/16 18-13/16
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-48 47-9/16 19-11/16
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-48 49-11/16 20-9/16
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-48 51-13/16 21-7/16
22-7/8
23-1/2
24-1/8
25-3/8
26-5/8
27-7/8
29-1/8
30-5/16
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-12
9
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-12
12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-12
18
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-12
24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-12
30
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-12
36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-12
42
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-12
12
24
36
48
74
Dimensions
Y
Z
11-5/8
12-3/8
13-1/2
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
3-18
3-5/16
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-5/16
4-11/16
5-1/8
5-1/2
6-3/16
6-5/8
7
7-13/16
8-5/8
9-7/16
10-1/4
11-1/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-24
17-5/8
18-3/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
4-11/16
4-15/16
5-2/16
5-8/16
5-15/16
6-5/16
6-12/16
7-2/16
9-7/16
9-13/16
10-4/16
11-1/16
11-13/16
12-10/16
13-7/16
14-4/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-36
23-5/8
24-3/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
6-5/16
6-1/2
6-3/4
7-1/4
7-1/2
7-15/16
8-5/16
8-3/4
12-5/8
13-1/16
13-7/16
14-1/4
15-1/16
15-7/8
16-11/16
17-1/2
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-48
29-5/8
30-3/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8
38-5/8
7-15/16
8-1/8
8-5/16
8-3/4
9-1/8
9-9/16
9-15/16
10-5/16
15-7/8
16-1/4
16-11/16
17-1/2
18-1/4
19-1/16
19-7/8
20-11/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
X
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Bends
45o / 30
Aluminum
Cable Tray
45o Horizontal Bend
30o Horizontal Bend
Selection Guide
AHF424LHB4512
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
45o Horizontal Bend — H-Style
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o, 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Aluminum
Fittings
Part Numbering System
30o Horizontal Bend — H-Style
Dimensions
X
Y
Z
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB45-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB45-12
15-3/4
6-1/2
16-13/16 6-15/16
17-7/8
7-3/8
20
8-1/4
22-1/16
9-1/8
24-3/16
10
26-5/16 10-15/16
28-7/16 11-13/16
9-3/16
9-13/16
10-7/16
11-11/16
12-15/16
14-3/16
15-7/16
16-11/16
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB45-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB45-24
24-3/16
10
25-1/4
10-1/2
26-5/16 10-15/16
28-7/16 11-13/16
30-9/16 12-11/16
32-11/16 13-9/16
34-13/16 14-7/8
36-15/16 15-5/16
14-3/16
14-13/16
15-7/16
16-11/16
17-15/16
19-1/8
20-3/8
21-5/8
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB45-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB45-36
32-11/16 13-9/16
33-3/4
14
34-13/16 14-7/16
36-15/16 15-5/16
39-1/16 16-3/16
41-3/16 17-1/16
43-5/16 17-15/16
45-7/16 18-13/16
19-1/8
19-3/4
20-3/8
21-5/8
22-7/8
24-1/8
25-3/8
26-5/8
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB45-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB45-48
41-3/16 17-1/16
42-1/4
17-1/2
43-5/16 17-15/16
45-7/16 18-13/16
47-9/16 19-11/16
49-11/16 20-9/16
51-13/16 21-7/16
53-15/16 22-5/16
24-1/8
24-3/4
25-3/8
26-5/8
27-3/4
29-1/8
30-5/16
31-9/16
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
X
Dimensions
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB30-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB30-12
13-1/8
13-7/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
3-1/2
3-11/16
3-15/16
4-5/16
4-11/16
5-1/8
5-1/2
5-15/16
7
7-7/16
7-13/16
8-5/8
9-7/8
10-1/4
11-1/16
11-13/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB30-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB30-24
19-1/8
19-7/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
5-1/8
5-5/16
5-1/2
5-5/16
6-5/16
6-3/4
7-1/8
7-1/2
10-1/4
10-5/8
11-1/16
11-13/16
12-5/8
13-7/16
14-1/4
15-1/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB30-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB30-36
25-1/8
25-7/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
6-3/4
6-15/16
7-1/8
7-1/2
7-15/16
8-5/16
8-3/4
9-1/8
13-7/16
13-7/8
14-1/4
15-1/16
15-7/8
16-11/16
17-1/2
18-1/4
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HB30-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HB30-48
31-1/8
31-7/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8
38-5/8
40-1/8
8-5/16
8-9/16
8-3/4
9-1/8
9-9/16
9-15/16
10-5/16
10-3/4
16-11/16
17-1/16
17-1/2
18-1/4
19-1/16
19-7/8
20-11/16
21-1/2
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
75
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal
Tee, Cross
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Tee
Cross
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AUF506LHT12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Horizontal TEE — U-Style
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Horizontal CROSS — U-Style
Dimensions
X
Y
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HT12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HT12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HT24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HT24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HT36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HT36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HT48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HT48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HX12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HX12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HX24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HX24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HX36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HX36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HX48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-HX48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
76
Dimensions
X
Y
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal
Tee, Cross
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Tee
Cross
AHF506LHT12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Horizontal TEE — H-Style
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HT12
9
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HT12
12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HT12
18
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HT12
24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HT12
30
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HT12
36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HT12
42
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HT12
12
24
36
48
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Aluminum
Fittings
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
Horizontal CROSS — H-Style
Dimensions
X
Y
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HT24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HT24
30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HT36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HT36
42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HT48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HT48
54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HX12
9
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HX12
12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HX12
18
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HX12
24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HX12
30
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HX12
36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HX12
42
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HX12
12
24
36
48
Dimensions
X
Y
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HX24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HX24
30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HX36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HX36
42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HX48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-HX48
54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
77
Aluminum
Cable Tray
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AUF74236LRT12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Style Type Radius
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal REDUCING TEE — U-Style
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-4236-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4230-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4224-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4218-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4212-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4209-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-4206-(*)-RT(+)
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
60
54
48
42
36
33
30
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
84
78
72
66
60
57
54
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
108
102
96
90
84
81
78
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
132
126
120
114
108
105
102
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-3630-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3624-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3618-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3612-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3609-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3606-(*)-RT(+)
30
30
30
30
30
30
54
48
42
36
33
30
42
42
42
42
42
42
78
72
66
60
57
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
102
96
90
84
81
78
66
66
66
66
66
66
126
120
114
108
105
102
30
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-3024-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3018-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3012-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3009-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-3006-(*)-RT(+)
27
27
27
27
27
48
42
36
33
30
39
39
39
39
39
72
66
60
57
54
51
51
51
51
51
96
90
84
81
78
63
63
63
63
63
120
114
108
105
102
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-2418-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-2412-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-2409-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-2406-(*)-RT(+)
24
24
24
24
42
36
33
30
36
36
36
36
66
60
57
54
48
48
48
48
90
84
81
78
60
60
60
60
114
108
105
102
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-1812-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-1809-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-1806-(*)-RT(+)
21
21
21
36
33
30
33
33
33
60
57
54
45
45
45
84
81
78
57
57
57
108
105
102
12
9
9
6
AUF(†)-1209-(*)-RT(+)
AUF(†)-1206-(*)-RT(+)
18
18
33
30
30
30
57
54
42
42
81
78
54
54
105
102
6
AUF(†)-0906-(*)-RT(+)
16-1/2
30
28-1/2
54
40-1/2
78
52-1/2
102
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
78
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Aluminum
Cable Tray
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Style Type Radius
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF74236LRT12
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal REDUCING TEE — H-Style
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-4236-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4230-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4224-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4218-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4212-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4209-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-4206-(*)-RT(+)
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
66
60
54
48
42
39
36
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
90
84
78
72
66
63
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
114
108
102
96
90
87
84
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
138
132
126
120
114
111
108
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-3630-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3624-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3618-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3612-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3609-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3606-(*)-RT(+)
33
33
33
33
33
33
60
54
48
42
39
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
84
78
72
66
63
60
57
57
57
57
57
57
108
102
96
90
87
84
69
69
69
69
69
69
132
126
120
114
111
108
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-3024-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3018-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3012-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3009-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-3006-(*)-RT(+)
30
30
30
30
30
54
48
42
39
36
42
42
42
42
42
78
72
66
63
60
54
54
54
54
54
102
96
90
87
84
66
66
66
66
66
126
120
114
111
108
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-2418-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-2412-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-2409-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-2406-(*)-RT(+)
27
27
27
27
48
42
39
36
39
39
39
39
72
66
63
60
51
51
51
51
96
90
87
84
63
63
63
63
120
114
111
108
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-1812-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-1809-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-1806-(*)-RT(+)
24
24
24
42
39
36
36
36
36
66
63
60
48
48
48
90
87
84
60
60
60
114
111
108
12
9
9
6
AHF(†)-1209-(*)-RT(+)
AHF(†)-1206-(*)-RT(+)
21
21
39
36
33
33
63
60
45
45
87
84
57
57
111
108
6
AHF(†)-0906-(*)-RT(+)
19-1/2
36
31-1/2
60
43-1/2
84
55-1/2
108
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
79
Aluminum
Cable Tray
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AUF40609LET24
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Style Type Radius
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal EXPANDING TEE — U-Style
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
Y
X
Y
X
Y
AUF(†)-3642-(*)-ET(+)
30
66
42
90
54
114
66
138
36
42
AUF(†)-3036-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-3042-(*)-ET(+)
27
27
60
66
39
39
84
90
51
51
108
114
63
63
132
138
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-2430-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-2436-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-2442-(*)-ET(+)
24
24
24
54
60
66
36
36
36
78
84
90
48
48
48
102
108
114
60
60
60
126
132
138
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-1824-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1830-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1836-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1842-(*)-ET(+)
21
21
21
21
48
54
60
66
33
33
33
33
72
78
84
90
45
45
45
45
96
102
108
114
57
57
57
57
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-1218-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1224-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1230-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1236-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-1242-(*)-ET(+)
18
18
18
18
18
42
48
54
60
66
30
30
30
30
30
66
72
78
84
90
42
42
42
42
42
90
96
102
108
114
54
54
54
54
54
114
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-0912-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0918-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0924-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0930-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0936-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0942-(*)-ET(+)
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
36
42
48
54
60
66
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
60
66
72
78
84
90
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
84
90
96
102
108
114
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
108
114
120
126
132
138
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-0609-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0612-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0618-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0624-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0630-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0636-(*)-ET(+)
AUF(†)-0642-(*)-ET(+)
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
80
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
X
6
42
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Y
9
Catalogue Number
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
X
36
30
W2
Aluminum
Cable Tray
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Style Type Radius
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF40609LET24
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal EXPANDING TEE — H-Style
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
AHF(†)-3642-(*)-ET(+)
33
72
45
96
57
120
69
144
36
42
AHF(†)-3036-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-3042-(*)-ET(+)
30
30
66
72
42
42
90
96
54
54
114
120
66
66
138
144
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-2430-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-2436-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-2442-(*)-ET(+)
27
27
27
60
66
72
39
39
39
84
90
96
51
51
51
108
114
120
63
63
63
132
138
144
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-1824-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1830-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1836-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1842-(*)-ET(+)
24
24
24
24
54
60
66
72
36
36
36
36
78
84
90
96
48
48
48
48
102
108
114
120
60
60
60
60
126
132
138
144
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-1218-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1224-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1230-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1236-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-1242-(*)-ET(+)
21
21
21
21
21
48
54
60
66
72
33
33
33
33
33
72
78
84
90
96
45
45
45
45
45
96
102
108
114
120
57
57
57
57
57
120
126
132
138
144
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-0912-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0918-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0924-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0930-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0936-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0942-(*)-ET(+)
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
42
48
54
60
66
72
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
66
72
78
84
90
96
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
90
96
102
108
114
120
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
114
120
126
132
138
144
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-0609-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0612-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0618-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0624-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0630-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0636-(*)-ET(+)
AHF(†)-0642-(*)-ET(+)
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
111
114
120
126
132
138
144
6
42
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Y
9
Catalogue Number
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
X
36
30
W2
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
81
Aluminum
Cable Tray
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Expanding Cross
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AUF53642LEX36
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Style Type Radius
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS — UStyle
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
AUF(†)-3642-(*)-EX(+)
60
66
84
90
108
114
132
138
36
42
AUF(†)-3036-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-3042-(*)-EX(+)
54
54
60
66
78
78
84
90
102
102
108
114
126
126
132
138
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-2430-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-2436-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-2442-(*)-EX(+)
48
48
48
54
60
66
72
72
72
78
84
90
96
96
96
102
108
114
120
120
120
126
132
138
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-1824-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1830-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1836-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1842-(*)-EX(+)
42
42
42
42
48
54
60
66
66
66
66
66
72
78
84
90
90
90
90
90
96
102
108
114
114
114
114
114
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-1218-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1224-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1230-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1236-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-1242-(*)-EX(+)
36
36
36
36
36
42
48
54
60
66
60
60
60
60
60
66
72
78
84
90
84
84
84
84
84
90
96
102
108
114
108
108
108
108
108
114
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-0912-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0918-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0924-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0930-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0936-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0942-(*)-EX(+)
33
33
33
33
33
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
57
57
57
57
57
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
81
81
81
81
81
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
105
105
105
105
105
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-0609-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0612-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0618-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0624-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0630-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0636-(*)-EX(+)
AUF(†)-0642-(*)-EX(+)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
36
30
9
6
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
82
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Aluminum
Cable Tray
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Expanding Cross
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Style
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF53642LEX36
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Width 2
Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS — HStyle
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
AHF(†)-3642-(*)-EX(+)
66
72
90
96
114
120
138
144
36
42
AHF(†)-3036-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-3042-(*)-EX(+)
60
60
66
72
84
84
90
96
108
108
114
120
132
132
138
144
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-2430-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-2436-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-2442-(*)-EX(+)
54
54
54
60
66
72
78
78
78
84
90
96
102
102
102
108
114
120
126
126
126
132
138
144
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-1824-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1830-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1836-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1842-(*)-EX(+)
48
48
48
48
54
60
66
72
72
72
72
72
78
84
90
96
96
96
96
96
102
108
114
120
120
120
120
120
126
132
138
144
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-1218-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1224-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1230-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1236-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-1242-(*)-EX(+)
42
42
42
42
42
48
54
60
66
72
66
66
66
66
66
72
78
84
90
96
90
90
90
90
90
96
102
108
114
120
114
114
114
114
114
120
126
132
138
144
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-0912-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0918-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0924-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0930-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0936-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0942-(*)-EX(+)
39
39
39
39
39
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
63
63
63
63
63
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
87
87
87
87
87
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
111
111
111
111
111
111
114
120
126
132
138
144
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-0609-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0612-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0618-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0624-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0630-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0636-(*)-EX(+)
AHF(†)-0642-(*)-EX(+)
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144
36
30
9
6
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
83
Aluminum
Cable Tray
U-Style Fittings
Reducers
Offset Reducer - Right
Reducer - Straight
Offset Reducer - Left
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AUF64236LHLR
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom
Style
Fitting
Type
Width 2
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Horizontal REDUCERS — UStyle
Widths
W1
W2
LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Straight Reducer (Concentric)
Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
42
AUF(†)-42-36-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-30-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-24-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-18-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-12-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-42-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
AUF(†)-42-36-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-30-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-24-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-18-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-12-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-42-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
20-11/16
21-1/2
22-3/8
AUF(†)-42-36-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-30-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-24-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-18-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-12-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-42-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-36-30-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-36-24-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-36-18-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-36-12-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-36-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-36-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
AUF(†)-36-30-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-36-24-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-36-18-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-36-12-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-36-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-36-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
19-13/16
20-11/16
AUF(†)-36-30-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-36-24-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-36-18-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-36-12-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-36-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-36-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
30
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-30-24-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-30-18-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-30-12-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-30-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-30-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
AUF(†)-30-24-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-30-18-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-30-12-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-30-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-30-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-1/16
18-15/16
AUF(†)-30-24-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-30-18-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-30-12-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-30-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-30-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
24
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-24-18-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-24-12-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-24-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-24-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
AUF(†)-24-18-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-24-12-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-24-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-24-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
16-5/16
17-3/16
AUF(†)-24-18-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-24-12-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-24-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-24-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
18
12
9
6
AUF(†)-18-12-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-18-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-18-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
AUF(†)-18-12-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-18-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-18-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
14-5/8
15-7/16
AUF(†)-18-12-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-18-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-18-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
12
9
9
6
AUF(†)-12-09-(*)-HLR
AUF(†)-12-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
15-7/16
AUF(†)-12-09-(*)-HSR
AUF(†)-12-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
13-3/4
AUF(†)-12-09-(*)-HRR
AUF(†)-12-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
15-7/16
6
AUF(†)-09-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
AUF(†)-09-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
AUF(†)-09-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
84
Dim. X
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
Aluminum
Cable Tray
H-Style Fittings
Reducers
Reducer - Straight
Offset Reducer - Left
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
AHF64236LHLR
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom Fitting
Type
Style
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Aluminum
Fittings
Offset Reducer - Right
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Width 2
Horizontal REDUCERS — HStyle
Widths
W1
W2
LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Straight Reducer (Concentric)
Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Dim. X
42
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-42-36-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-30-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-24-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-18-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-12-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-42-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
AHF(†)-42-36-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-30-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-24-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-18-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-12-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-42-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
20-11/16
21-1/2
22-3/8
AHF(†)-42-36-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-30-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-24-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-18-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-12-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-42-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-36-30-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-36-24-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-36-18-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-36-12-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-36-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-36-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
AHF(†)-36-30-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-36-24-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-36-18-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-36-12-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-36-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-36-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
19-13/16
20-11/16
AHF(†)-36-30-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-36-24-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-36-18-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-36-12-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-36-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-36-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
30
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-30-24-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-30-18-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-30-12-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-30-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-30-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
AHF(†)-30-24-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-30-18-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-30-12-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-30-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-30-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-1/16
18-15/16
AHF(†)-30-24-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-30-18-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-30-12-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-30-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-30-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
24
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-24-18-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-24-12-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-24-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-24-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
AHF(†)-24-18-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-24-12-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-24-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-24-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
16-5/16
17-3/16
AHF(†)-24-18-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-24-12-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-24-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-24-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
18
12
9
6
AHF(†)-18-12-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-18-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-18-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
AHF(†)-18-12-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-18-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-18-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
14-5/8
15-7/16
AHF(†)-18-12-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-18-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-18-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
12
9
9
6
AHF(†)-12-09-(*)-HLR
AHF(†)-12-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
15-7/16
AHF(†)-12-09-(*)-HSR
AHF(†)-12-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
13-3/4
AHF(†)-12-09-(*)-HRR
AHF(†)-12-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
15-7/16
6
AHF(†)-09-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
AHF(†)-09-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
AHF(†)-09-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
85
U-Style Fittings
Horizontal Wye
45o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Left Hand Wye
Right Hand Wye
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
AUF636LHYL
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Bottom
Style
45o Horizontal WYE — UStyle
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Left Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Right Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HYL
AUF(†)-06-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-09-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-12-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-18-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-24-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-30-(*)-HYR
AUF(†)-36-(*)-HYR
X
Dimensions
Y
18-5/16
22-1/2
26-3/4
35-1/4
43-1/2
52-1/4
60-11/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
86
14-13/16
19-15/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66
Z
12-7/16
15-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16
H-Style Fittings
Horizontal Wye
45o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Left Hand Wye
Right Hand Wye
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
AHF636LHYL
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Aluminum
Fittings
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
45o Horizontal WYE — HStyle
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Left Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Right Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HYL
AHF(†)-06-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-09-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-12-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-18-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-24-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-30-(*)-HYR
AHF(†)-36-(*)-HYR
X
Dimensions
Y
18-5/16
22-1/2
26-3/4
35-1/4
43-1/2
52-1/4
60-11/16
14-13/16
19-15/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66
Z
12-7/16
15-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
87
U-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
90o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
AUF730LVI9036
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
90o Vertical BEND — UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
X
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
X
7”
Y
Z
12
12
12
17-15/16,17-15/16,17-15/16 18-13/16, 18-13/16, 18-13/16
20
20
20
21
21
21
24
24
24
29-15/16,29-15/16,29-15/16 30-13/16,30-13/16,30-13/16
32
32
32
33
33
33
36
36
36
41-15/16,41-15/16,41-15/16 42-13/16,42-13/16,42-13/16
44
44
44
45
45
45
48
48
48
53-15/16,53-15/16,53-15/16 54-13/16,54-13/16,54-13/16
56
56
56
57
57
57
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
88
H-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
90o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
AHF730LVI9036
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Aluminum
Fittings
Outside Bend
90o Vertical BEND — HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-36
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
X
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
X
7”
Y
Z
15
15
15 19-3/16, 19-3/16, 19-3/16 20-1/16, 20-1/16, 20-1/16 21-1/4, 21-1/4, 21-1/4 22-1/4, 22-1/4, 22-1/4
27
27
27 31-3/16,31-3/16, 31-3/16 32-1/16,32-1/16,32-1/16 33-1/4, 33-1/4, 33-1/4 34-1/4, 34-1/4, 34-1/4
39
39
39 43-3/16, 43-3/16 ,43-3/16 44-1/16 ,44-1/16,44-1/16 45-1/4, 45-1/4, 45-1/4 46-1/4, 46-1/4, 46-1/4
6
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-48
9
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-48
12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-48
18
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-48
51
51
51 55-3/16,55-3/16, 55-3/16 56-1/16,56-1/16,56-1/16 57-1/4, 57-1/4, 57-1/4 58-1/4, 58-1/4,
24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-48
30
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-48
36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-48
42
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-48
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
58-1/4
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
89
U-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
60o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
AUF736VVO6024
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
60o Vertical BEND — UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
13,
7-1/2, 8-11/16
23-7/16, 13-1/2, 15-5/8
X
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
16-5/8 , 11-11/16, 11-1/16 17-7/16, 12-5/8, 11-5/8 18-3/8,13-11/16,12-1/4
27,
17-11/16,
18
X
Z
19-5/16,14-3/4, 12-7/8
27-13/16,18-5/8, 16-9/16 28-3/4,19-11/16,19-3/16 29-11/16,20-3/4,19-13/16
33-13/16,19-1/2, 22-9/16 37-7/16, 23-11/16, 24-15/16 38-3/16, 24-5/8, 25-7/16 39-3/16,25-11/16,26-1/8 40-1/16,26-3/4,26-11/16
44-3/16, 25-1/2, 29-7/16 47-13/16,29-11/16,31-7/8
48-9/16, 30-5/8, 32-3/8 49-9/16,31-11/16,33-1/16 50-7/16,32-3/4,33-5/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
90
7”
Y
H-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
60o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 60o
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF736VVO6024
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Selection Guide
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
60o Vertical BEND — HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width Cat.Number
12
24
36
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
X
14-7/8,
8-5/8, 9-15/16
25-5/16, 14-5/8, 16-7/8
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
18-1/2, 12-3/4, 12-5/16 19-5/16,13-11/16, 12-7/8
20-5/16,14-13/16,13-1/2
X
7”
Y
Z
21-1/8, 15-13/16, 14-1/8
28-7/8, 18-3/4, 19-1/4 29-11/16,19-11/16,19-13/16 30-11/16,20-13/16,20-7/16 31-9/16, 21-13/16,
21
35-11/16, 20-5/8, 23-13/16 39-5/16, 24-3/4, 26-3/16 40-1/16,25-11/16,26-11/16 41-1/16,26-13/16,27-3/8
41-15/16,27-13/16,27-15/16
46-1/16, 26-5/8, 30-11/16 49-11/16,30-3/4, 33-1/8 50-7/16,31-11/16, 33-5/8
52-5/16, 33-13/16, 34-7/8
51-1/2,32-13/16,34-5/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
91
U-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
45o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
AUF524SVI4548
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
45o Vertical BEND — UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
11-1/2
4-3/4
6-3/4
X
4”
Y
Z
14-7/16 8-15/16 8-7/16
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
15-1/16 9-13/16 8-13/16
Z
15-7/8 10-15/16 9-5/16
X
7”
Y
16-9/16
12
9-3/4
19-15/16 8-1/4 11-11/16 22-15/16 12-7/16 13-7/16 23-9/16 13-3/8 13-13/16 24-5/16 14-7/16 14-1/4
25-1/16 15-1/2 14-11/16
28-7/16 11-13/1616-11/16 31-3/8 15-15/16 18-3/8
32-1/16 16-7/8 18-3/4 32-13/16
33-9/16
36-15/16 15-5/16 21-5/8
40-1/2
39-7/8 19-1/2 23-3/8
20-3/8 23-3/4
18
19-1/4
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
19
19-11/16
41-5/16 21-1/2 24-3/16 42-1/16 22-9/16 24-5/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
92
Z
H-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
45o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF524SVI4548
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
45o Vertical BEND — HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
13-5/8
5-5/8
8
X
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
16-9/16 9-13/16 9-11/16 17-3/16 10-11/16 10-1/16
18
Z
X
7”
Y
Z
11-7/8 10-9/16 18-11/16 12-7/8 10-15/16
22-1/16 9-1/8 12-15/16 25-1/16 13-5/16 14-11/16 25-11/16 14-1/4 15-1/16 26-1/2
15-3/8 15-1/2 27-3/16 16-3/8 15-15/16
30-9/16 12-11/16 17-15/16 33-1/2 16-13/16 19-5/8 34-3/16 17-3/4
20
18-7/8 20-1/2 35-11/16 19-7/8 20-7/8
39-1/16 16-3/16 22-7/8
25
42
20-3/8
24-5/8 42- 5/8 21-1/4
35
43-1/2 22-7/16 25-7/16 44-3/16 23-3/8 25-7/8
(†) Insert side rail depth.(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
93
U-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
30o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
AUF612LVO3024
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 30o
NominalRadius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
30o Vertical BEND — UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-48
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
9-1/4
2-1/2 4-15/16
X
4”
Y
Z
X
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
X
7”
Y
Z
9-3/4
6-7/8
11-3/8 6-11/16 6-1/16 11-13/16 7-9/16 6-5/16
12-3/8 8-11/16 6-5/8
12-7/8
15-1/4 4-1/16 8-3/16
17-3/8
8-1/4
9-5/16 17-13/16 9-3/16 9-9/16
18-3/8
10-1/4 9-13/16
18-7/8 11-5/16 10-1/8
21-1/4 5-11/16 11-3/8
23-3/8
9-7/8
12-1/2 23-13/16 10-3/4 12-3/4
24-3/8
11-7/8 13-1/16
24-7/8 12-15/16 13-5/16
21-1/4 7-5/16 14-5/8
29-3/8 11-1/2 15-3/4 29-13/1612-3/8
30-3/8 13-1/2 16-1/4
30-7/8 14-9/16 16-9/16
16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
94
H-Style Fittings
Vertical Bends
30o
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Degree
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF612LVO3024
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
30o Vertical BEND — HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-36
(+) VO Siderail
Height 4” 7”
X
Y
Z
11-5/8
3-1/8
X
4”
Y
6-3/16 13-11/16 7-5/16
Z
X
7-5/16
14-1/8
(+) VI Siderail Height
5”
6”
Y
Z
X
Y
8-3/16
7-9/16 14-11/16 9-3/8
Z
7-7/8
X
7”
Y
Z
13-11/16 10-5/16 8-1/8
17-5/8 4-11/16 9-7/16 19-11/16 8-7/8
10-9/16 20-1/8 9-13/16 10-13/16 20-11/16 10-15/16 11-1/8 19-11/1611-15/16 11-3/8
23-5/8 6-5/16
13-6/8
12-5/8 25-11/16 10-1/2
26-1/8
11-3/8
14
26-11/16 12-9/16 14-5/16 25-11/16 13-9/16 14-9/16
6
AHF(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-48
9
AHF(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-48
12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-48
18
AHF(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-48
29-5/8 7-15/16 15-7/8 31-11/16 12-1/8
17
32-1/8
13
17-1/4 32-11/16 14-3/16 17-9/16 31-11/16 15-1/8 17-13/16
24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-48
30
AHF(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-48
36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-48
42
AHF(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-48
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
95
U-Style Fittings
Vertical Tee
Up / Down
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Down
Up
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
AUF624LVTD12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Vertical TEE Up/Down — UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-VTU12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-VTU12
Catalogue Number
AUF-06-(*)-VTD12
AUF-09-(*)-VTD12
AUF-12-(*)-VTD12
AUF-18-(*)-VTD12
AUF-24-(*)-VTD12
AUF-30-(*)-VTD12
AUF-36-(*)-VTD12
AUF-42-(*)-VTD12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-VTU24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-VTU24
AUF-06-(*)-VTD24
AUF-09-(*)-VTD24
AUF-12-(*)-VTD24
AUF-18-(*)-VTD24
AUF-24-(*)-VTD24
AUF-30-(*)-VTD24
AUF-36-(*)-VTD24
AUF-42-(*)-VTD24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-VTU36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-VTU36
AUF-06-(*)-VTD36
AUF-09-(*)-VTD36
AUF-12-(*)-VTD36
AUF-18-(*)-VTD36
AUF-24-(*)-VTD36
AUF-30-(*)-VTD36
AUF-36-(*)-VTD36
AUF-42-(*)-VTD36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-VTU48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-VTU48
AUF-06-(*)-VTD48
AUF-09-(*)-VTD48
AUF-12-(*)-VTD48
AUF-18-(*)-VTD48
AUF-24-(*)-VTD48
AUF-30-(*)-VTD48
AUF-36-(*)-VTD48
AUF-42-(*)-VTD48
12
24
36
48
4”
X
Y
X
Siderail Height “H”
5”
6”
Y
X
Y
7”
96
Y
15-13/16 31-11/16
16-5/16
32-9/16
16-7/8
33-3/4
17-3/8
34-3/4
27-13/16 55-11/16
28-5/16
56-9/16
28-7/8
57-3/4
29-3/8
58-3/4
39-13/16 79-11/16
40-5/16
80-9/16
40-7/8
81-3/4
41-3/8
82-3/4
51-13/16 103-11/16
52-5/16 104-9/16
52-7/8
105-3/4
53-3/8
106-3/4
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
X
H-Style Fittings
Vertical Tee
Up / Down
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Up
Down
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF624LVTD12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Vertical TEE Up/Down — HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-VTU12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-VTU12
Catalogue Number
AHF-06-(*)-VTD12
AHF-09-(*)-VTD12
AHF-12-(*)-VTD12
AHF-18-(*)-VTD12
AHF-24-(*)-VTD12
AHF-30-(*)-VTD12
AHF-36-(*)-VTD12
AHF-42-(*)-VTD12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-VTU24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-VTU24
AHF-06-(*)-VTD24
AHF-09-(*)-VTD24
AHF-12-(*)-VTD24
AHF-18-(*)-VTD24
AHF-24-(*)-VTD24
AHF-30-(*)-VTD24
AHF-36-(*)-VTD24
AHF-42-(*)-VTD24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-VTU36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-VTU36
AHF-06-(*)-VTD36
AHF-09-(*)-VTD36
AHF-12-(*)-VTD36
AHF-18-(*)-VTD36
AHF-24-(*)-VTD36
AHF-30-(*)-VTD36
AHF-36-(*)-VTD36
AHF-42-(*)-VTD36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-VTU48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-VTU48
AHF-06-(*)-VTD48
AHF-09-(*)-VTD48
AHF-12-(*)-VTD48
AHF-18-(*)-VTD48
AHF-24-(*)-VTD48
AHF-30-(*)-VTD48
AHF-36-(*)-VTD48
AHF-42-(*)-VTD48
12
24
36
48
4”
Siderail Height “H”
5”
6”
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
17-1/16
34-3/16
17-9/16
35-1/16
18-1/8
29-1/16
58-3/16
29-9/16
59-1/16
41-1/16
82-3/16
41-9/16
53-1/16
106-3/16
7”
X
Y
36-1/4
18-5/8
37-1/4
30-1/8
60-1/4
30-5/8
61-1/4
83-1/16
42-1/8
84-1/4
42-5/8
85-1/4
53-9/16 107-1/16
54-1/8
108-1/4
54-5/8
109-1/4
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
97
Aluminum
Cable Tray
U-Style Fittings
Cable Support
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
AUF524VCS12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Width
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Bottom
Style
Cable Support Fitting UStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
4”
Catalogue Number
AUF(†)-06-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-09-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-12-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-18-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-24-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-30-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-36-(*)-CS12
AUF(†)-42-(*)-CS12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-09-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-12-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-18-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-24-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-30-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-36-(*)-CS24
AUF(†)-42-(*)-CS24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-09-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-12-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-18-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-24-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-30-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-36-(*)-CS36
AUF(†)-42-(*)-CS36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AUF(†)-06-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-09-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-12-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-18-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-24-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-30-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-36-(*)-CS48
AUF(†)-42-(*)-CS48
Siderail Height “H”
5”
6”
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
17-15/16
13-3/4
18-13/16
13-3/4
20
29-15/16
25-3/4
30-13/16
25-3/4
41-15/16
37-3/4
42-13/16
53-15/16
49-3/4
54-13/16
Y
13-3/4
21
13-3/4
32
25-3/4
33
25-3/4
37-3/4
44
37-3/4
45
37-3/4
49-3/4
56
49-3/4
57
49-3/4
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
98
7”
X
Aluminum
Cable Tray
H-Style Fittings
Cable Support
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
Technical Specifications
Width
Siderail
Depth
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Aluminum
Fittings
AHF524VCS12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4”– 7”
Cable Support Fitting HStyle
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
24
36
48
4”
Catalogue Number
AHF(†)-06-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-09-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-12-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-18-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-24-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-30-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-36-(*)-CS12
AHF(†)-42-(*)-CS12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-09-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-12-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-18-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-24-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-30-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-36-(*)-CS24
AHF(†)-42-(*)-CS24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-09-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-12-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-18-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-24-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-30-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-36-(*)-CS36
AHF(†)-42-(*)-CS36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AHF(†)-06-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-09-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-12-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-18-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-24-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-30-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-36-(*)-CS48
AHF(†)-42-(*)-CS48
Siderail Height “H”
5”
6”
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
19-3/16
15
20-1/16
15
21-1/4
31-3/16
27
32-1/16
27
43-3/16
39
44-1/16
55-3/16
51
56-1/16
7”
X
Y
15
22-1/4
15
33-1/4
27
34-1/4
27
39
45-1/4
39
46-1/4
39
51
57-1/4
51
58-1/4
51
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
99
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Covers
Straight Cover Number Selection
Tray Covers
—
Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed where falling objects
may damage cables or where vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.
Solid Covers
—
These covers provide maximum mechanical
protection for cables with limited heat build
up. Solid covers are available with or
without flange.
Flanged covers have 1/2” flange.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.
Ventilated Flanged Covers
—
This design offers excellent mechanical
protection while allowing heat produced by
cables to dissipate.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.
Peaked Flanged Covers
—
Peaked covers offer mechanical protection
reduce pooling of liquids on the cover and
accumulation of snow or ice.
Peaked covers have 15° rise. Other
Peak angles are available on request.
Covers greater than 12" wide available in
72" and 3m lengths only.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
100
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Covers
Straight Cover Number Selection
Straight Cover Number Selection
(ABW112)SNC72
Material
Cover Series
ABW • Aluminum
Accessory
1 • For tray series: AH04, AH14
2 • For tray series: AH06, AH24, AH34, AH44,
AH54, AH25, AH35, AH45, AH16, AH26
3 • For tray series: AH36, AH46, AH56, AH66
AH27, AH37
Width
Cover Type
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Length
SNC • Solid Non-Flanged Cover
72 • (72”)
SFC • Solid Flanged Cover
144 • (12ft)
VFC • Ventilated Flanged Cover
3 • (3 m)
*PFC • Peaked Flanged Cover
Aluminum
Accessories
* Peaked covers greater than 12” wide available in 72” and 3m lengths only.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
101
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Covers
Fitting Cover Number Selection
Fitting Cover Number Selection
AUW12SNCHB9024
Material
A • Aluminum
Fitting
Style
U • U-Beam
H • H-Beam
Width
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
Fitting Type
HB
VI
• Horizontal Bend
• Vertical Inside Bend
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
Degree
Radius
30 • (30 )
12 • (12”)
45 • (45 )
24 • (24”)
60 • (60o)
36 • (36”)
90 • (90 )
48 • (48”)
o
o
o
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
Fitting Cover Number Selection
AUW1812SNCRT12
Material
A • Aluminum
Fitting
Style
U • U-Beam
H • H-Beam
Radius*
Width
1
Width
2
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
NOTE: For ET and EX, W2 > W1. For RT, HSR, HLR, HRR, W1 > W2.
Note: For Peaked fitting covers refer to pages 220 to 222
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
102
Fitting Type
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
RT
ET
EX
HSR
•
•
•
•
HLR
HRR
HT
HX
VTU
HYR
HYL
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Reduce Tee
Horizontal Expand Tee
Horizontal Expand Cross
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Right Reducer
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Tee Up
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
12 • (12”)
24 • (24”)
36 • (36”)
48 • (48”)
* Radius not required for
HSR, HLR, HRR, HYR, HYL
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Covers
Fitting Cover Number Selection
Fitting Cover Number Selection
AUW412SNCVO9024
Material
A • Aluminum
Fitting
Style
Siderail
Height
U • U-Beam
4 • (4")
H • H-Beam
5 • (5")
6 • (6")
7 • (7")
Width
Cover Type
Fitting Type
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
VO •
Vertical Outside Bend
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VTD •
Vertical Tee Down
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
CS •
Cable Support
* Degree
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45 )
24 • (24”)
60 • (60 )
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
48 • (48”)
o
o
Aluminum
Accessories
* Not required for VTD nor for CS.
Note: For Peaked fitting covers refer to page 220 to 222
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
103
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
For Covers
Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required
Straight section (6 ft.)
Straight section (12 ft./ 3m)
Horizontal and Vertical Bends
Tees
Crosses
4
6
4
6
8
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs
pcs.
Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces are required.
Economical Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW-SCC
Material
Siderail
Height
Zinc Plated Steel
All Sizes
Cannot be used with U-Style fittings.
Can be used with straights and AH fittings only.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Rigid indoor cover clamp for flat
and flanged covers.
Universal Fitting Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)FCC
Rigid indoor cover clamp for
flat and flanged covers.
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
(*) Insert siderail height
Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
Wraparound design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.
Hardware included.
ABW4(*)HCC
ABW5(*)HCC
ABW6(*)HCC
ABW7(*)HCC
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
*Width
of Tray
4”
5”
6”
7”
06”
09”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
(*) Insert width of tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
104
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
For Covers
Extreme Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
Wraparound design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.
Hardware included.
ABW4(*)ECC
ABW5(*)ECC
ABW6(*)ECC
ABW7(*)ECC
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
*Width
of Tray
4”
5”
6”
7”
06”
09”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
(*) Insert width of tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Catalogue Number
Wraparound design formed to
fit peaked cover for outdoor
applications.
Hardware included.
ABW4(*)HPC
ABW5(*)HPC
ABW6(*)HPC
ABW7(*)HPC
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
*Width
of Tray
4”
5”
6”
7”
06”
09”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
Aluminum
Accessories
Heavy Duty Peaked Cover Clamp
(*) Insert width of tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Combination Hold Down Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-CCC
ABW-5-CCC
ABW-6-CCC
ABW-7-CCC
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to secure flat and
flanged covers with hold down
feature.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
105
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
For Covers
Raised Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW(*) (+) RCC
Cover
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
*Cover
Series
1, 2, 3
+Cover
Offset
1”
2”
3”
(*) Cover series
(+) Cover offset
Siderail
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to raise cover above
tray for added ventilation.
Peaked End Cap
Catalogue Number
ABW(*) PEC
Material
Aluminum
Used for transition between
peaked covers to straight
covers.
*Width
of Tray
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
(*) Width of tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Cover Joint Strip
Catalogue Number
ABW(*) SCS
Strip used for joining covers
end to end.
Material
Plastic
*Width
of Tray
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
(*) Width of Tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
106
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Splice Plates
Snap-In Splice Plate
Designed to lock into place for
easy alignment and installation.
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-SSP
ABW-5-SSP
ABW-6-SSP
ABW-7-SSP
Material
Aluminum
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-ESP
ABW-5-ESP
ABW-6-ESP
ABW-7-ESP
Material
Aluminum
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)24HSP
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
Provided as standard with each
straight and/or fitting.
Snap-In Expansion Splice Plate
Aluminum
Accessories
Allows for a 1” expansion or
contraction of tray system.
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.
Horizontal Adjustable Plate
ABW(*)42HSP
Aluminum
Adjustable hinge plates provide
maximum horizontal installation
flexibility.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
*Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
For Tray
Widths
6” to 24”
inclusive
4”
5”
6”
7”
30” to 42”
inclusive
(*) Tray Height.
Vertical Adjustable Plate
Hinged vertical plates provide
maximum flexibility for changes
in elevation.
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-VSP
ABW-5-VSP
ABW-6-VSP
ABW-7-VSP
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
107
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Splice Plates
Box to Tray Plates
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-BSP
ABW-5-BSP
ABW-6-BSP
ABW-7-BSP
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to secure tray to
electrical panels or boxes, walls
or end supports.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
Closure End Plate
Catalogue Number
ABW-4(*)-CEP
ABW-5(*)-CEP
ABW-6(*)-CEP
ABW-7(*)-CEP
Provides closure for any
tray end.
Packaged with hardware.
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
*Widths
of Tray
06”
09”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
(*) Insert width.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Reducing Splice Plate
Catalogue Number
ABW-4(*)-RSP
ABW-5(*)-RSP
ABW-6(*)-RSP
ABW-7(*)-RSP
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
Reduction
(inches)
1-1/2, 3, 4-1/2, 6, 7-1/2, 9,
10-1/2, 12, 13-1/2, 15
16-1/2, 18, 21, 24, 27
30, 33, 36
NOTE: (*) For offset reduction: insert width to be reduced
For straight reduction: insert 1/2 width to be reduced (2 required)
Used in pairs to provide a
straight reduction or used with
a standard splice plate for an
offset reduction.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Packaged with hardware.
Step Down Splice Plate
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)(**)SDS
Connects siderails of different
heights.
Hardware included.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
108
Material
Aluminum
Siderail
Height
4”
5”
6”
7”
(*) Siderail Height 1
(**) Siderail Height 2
NOTE: Siderail Height 1 is greater then Siderail Height 2.
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Standard Hold Down Clamp
Catalogue Number
SPW-SHC
SSW-SHC
Designed for most indoor
installations.
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless
Note: Add HDW to part number to be supplied complete with hardware.
i.e.: SPW-SHC-HDW
Easy to use and install.
Order 3/8” hardware separately.
Combination Hold Down / Expansion Guide Clamp
ABW-HEC
Material
Aluminum
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates
this accessory can be used for both
styles.
Order 3/8” hardware
separately.
Hold down
clamp
Expansion Guide
Aluminum
Accessories
Catalogue Number
Aluminum Tray Hardware
Catalogue Number
Square shoulder selfpositioning carriage bolt.
SPW-1/4-CB
SPW-3/8-CB
SPW-1/4-HN
SPW-3/8-HN
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
SSW-3/8-CB
SSW-3/8-HN
SSW-3/8-HWK*
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
Description
1/4” Carriage Bolt
3/8” Carriage Bolt
1/4” Hex. Nut
3/8” Hex. Nut
3/8” Carraige Bolt
3/8” Hex. Nut
316 Stainless Steel Hardware
Kit
* Contains 8 bolts, 8 nuts and 8 lockwashers.
Self-Drilling Self-Tapping Screw
Catalogue Number
SPW-10-SCR
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Description
Self-Drilling Self-Tapping Screw
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
109
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Cable Protection
Drop-Out
Designed to provide a smooth radiused surface at any position on the
tray or trough bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached using hardware provided.
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)DO
Description / Material
For ladder and ventilated tray /
Aluminum
ABW(*)DOS
For solid tray /
Aluminum
*Widths
of Tray
06’’
09’’
12’’
18’’
24’’
30’’
36’’
42’’
(*) Width of Tray
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Standard radius 4”.
Wall Penetration Sleeve
Designed to pass through walls
and fire walls.
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)(**)WPS
Material
Aluminum
Hardware included.
*Siderail
Height
4’’
5’’
6’’
7’’
**Widths
of Tray
06’’
09’’
12’’
18’’
24’’
30’’
36’’
42’’
*Siderail
Heights
**Widths
of Tray
4’’
5’’
6’’
7’’
06’’
09’’
12’’
18’’
24’’
30’’
36’’
42’’
IMPORTANT:
Not fire rated.
Fire stop not included.
(*) Siderail Height
(**) Width
Frame Type Tray to Box Plate
Designed to secure tray to
electrical enclosures and
panels.
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)(**)FBP
Material
Aluminum
Hardware included.
(*) Siderail Height
(**) Width
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Nylon Expansion Pad
Catalogue Number
ABW-NSP
Material
Nylon
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Allows for thermal expansion
and contraction of cable trays
over supports.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
110
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips
Catalogue Number
Aluminum barrier strips provide
a method of separating cables
in tray and trough systems.
Easily installed using supplied
hardware.
SBH
SB
72” barriers are flexible for
use with horizontal fittings.
Siderail
Height
*Length
ABW-4-SBH-72
ABW-5-SBH-72
ABW-6-SBH-72
ABW-7-SBH-72
4”
5”
6”
7”
72”
ABW-4-SB-(*)
ABW-5-SB-(*)
ABW-6-SB-(*)
ABW-7-SB-(*)
4”
5”
6”
7”
144”
3m
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles. NOTE: 72” barriers provided with 3 SPW10SCR
144”, 3m barriers provided with 6 SPW10SCR
(*) Insert length
Inside / Outside Vertical Bend Barriers
Provided with hardware.
Outside Bend
Catalogue Number
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
4”
5”
6”
7”
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
4”
5”
6”
7”
(**) Insert Bend Angle
(+) Insert Bend Radius
Siderail
Height
Aluminum
Accessories
Preformed to fit all standard
aluminum vertical bends.
Inside Bend
Catalogue Number
(*) Siderail Height.
Barrier Strip Clamp
Catalogue Number
SPW-BSC
SSW-BSC
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Stainless Steel 316
Alternate mounting method for
barrier strip mounting.
Barrier strip clamps mount
barrier strips to ladder rungs
and ventilated bottoms.
Complete mounting hardware
supplied.
Barrier Strip Splice
Catalogue Number
ABW-BSS
Material
Plastic
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Alignment splice for joining
connecting barrier strips.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
111
Aluminum
Cable Tray
Accessories
Cable Tray Guide
Catalogue Number
SPW-CTG
SHW-CTG
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip
Expansion guide for single or
double runs of cable tray.
No need to field drill of channel
or I-beam.
Cable Tray Clamp
Catalogue Number
SPW-CTC
SHW-CTC
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip
Clamps for single run of cable
tray.
No need to field drill the
channel or I-beam.
Vertical Tray Hanger
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)VTH
Material
Aluminum
*Siderail
Height
4’’
5’’
6’’
7’’
* Insert siderail height
Hold Down Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW(*)HDC
Material
Aluminum
*Siderail
Height
4’’
5’’
6’’
7’’
Note: Hardware included
(*) Insert siderail height.
Designed to secure cable tray
to support system.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems
H-Style and U-Style. These systems are interchangeable.
112
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Steel
Cable Tray
Ladder
—
Formed siderails are welded to 1-5/8" wide
rungs to provide maximum rigidity and
strength. Rung design includes exclusive
Ty-Rap® cable tie slots on 1" centers
Ventilated
—
A fabricated structure consisting of integral
or separate longitudinal rails and a bottom
having openings sufficient for the passage
of air and utilizing 75% or less of the plan
area of the surface to support cables. The
maximum open spacings between cable
support surfaces of transverse elements do
not exceed 102 mm (4 in) in the direction
parallel to the tray side rails (rung to rung).
Solid Trough
—
116
Solid sheet welded to steel siderails below
rungs. This design offers added cable
protection.
Straight Length Tray Bottom
Types Available
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section
Number Selection
How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria. For example the first selection
issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This selection will lead to the best material for your
application. For complete details on cable tray selection process, see page 10 in the technical section.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page 10.
Determine the series tray using the NEMA/CSA Load/Span Designations page 11, and Sizing Cable Tray page 13.
Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page 13.
Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.
The last number is the length of the cable tray in meters or inches.
Steel
Straights
Methods
Straight Section Number Selection
SP3624L09144
Material
Series
Siderail
Height
Width
Bottom Type
Length
SP • Pre-Galvanized
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
288 • (24 ft)
** 1 • Series 1
SS • Stainless Steel 316
1 • Series 1
3 • Series 3
3-5/8”
4”
5 • Series 5
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
* 42 • (42")
2 • Series 2
4 • Series 4
24 • (24")
5”
0 • Series 0
1 • Series 1
3 • Series 3
6”
4 • Series 4
3 • Series 3
7”
*
**
Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Series 1-3 and 0-6 are not available in 6 meter and 288” lengths.
Prefix
117
3-5/8” Straight Sections
Series 1-3
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
SP1324L09144
Material
Series
SP • Pre-Galvanized
1 • Series 1
Siderail
Height
Width
3 • (3-5/8")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
SS • Stainless Steel 316
Bottom Type
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
Length
36 • (36")
Prefix
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 128 to 142
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
SP1-3
SH1-3
SS1-3
118
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
200
112.5
72
50
-
-
-
-
0.250
0.445
0.695
1.001
-
-
-
-
0.0013
0.0040
0.0097
0.0097
-
-
-
-
3-5/8” Straight Sections
Series 1-3
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel
Straights
W
3.625
2.587
WI
SP1-3, SH1-3, SS1-3
W (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
4.5
7.5
10.5
16.5
22.5
28.5
34.5
40.5
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SP1-3
SH1-3
SS1-3
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
UL
.750
3.625
SERIES
Ix = 0.804 in4
Sx = 0.444 in2
Area = 0.488 in2
12A
C/3M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.40 in2
119
4” Straight Sections
Series 1-4, 3-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
SP3424L09144
Material
Siderail
Height
Series
SP • Pre-Galvanized
1 • Series 1
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
3 • Series 3
Width
4 • (4")
SS • Stainless Steel 316
Bottom Type
**Length
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
288 • (24 ft)
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
Prefix
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
** Series 1-4 not available in 6 meters or 24 foot lengths.
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 128 to 142
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
SP1-4
SH1-4
SS1-4
SP3-4
SH3-4
SS3-4
120
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
420
236
151
105
–
–
–
–
Deflection (in.)
0.420
0.473
0.756
1.155
–
–
–
–
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
0.011
–
–
–
–
956
538
344
239
176
134
106
86
0.478
0.538
1.032
1.672
2.282
3.091
3.928
4.816
0.0005
0.001
0.003
0.007
0.013
0.023
0.037
0.056
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
4” Straight Sections
Series 1-4, 3-4
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel
Straights
W
4.188
WI
SP1-4, SH1-4, SS1-4
SP3-4, SH3-4, SS3-4
W (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
3.34
6.34
9.34
15.34
21.34
27.34
33.34
39.34
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SP1-4
SH1-4
SS1-4
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
UL
Ix = 1.974 in4
Sx = 0.788 in3
12C
C/3M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.70 in2
Ix = 2.752 in4
Sx = 1.268 in3
20A
D/6M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
1.328
4.188
SERIES
SP3-4
SH3-4
SS3-4
4.188
1.328
121
5” Straight Sections
Series 2-5, 4-5, 5-5
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
SP3524L09144
Material
Siderail
Height
Series
Width
5 • (5")
Bottom Type
Length
SP • Pre-Galvanized
2 • Series 2
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
4 • Series 4
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
5 • Series 5
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
288 • (24 ft)
SS • Stainless Steel 316
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
Prefix
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 128 to 142
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
SP2-5
SH2-5
SS2-5
SP4-5
SH4-5
SS4-5
SP5-5
SH5-5
SS5-5
122
6
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
Load (lb/ft)
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
556
313
200
139
102
78
62
50
0.193
0.344
0.537
0.773
1.052
1.375
1.740
2.148
0.0003
0.0011
0.0027
0.0056
0.0103
0.0176
0.0282
0.0430
833
469
298
208
153
117
92
75
Deflection (in.)
0.223
0.397
0.617
0.894
1.217
1.589
1.998
2.483
Deflection Factor
0.003
0.0008
0.0021
0.0043
0.0079
0.0136
0.0217
0.0331
111
625
298
278
204
156
92
100
0.241
0.429
0.499
0.964
1.312
1.714
.617
2.678
0.0002
0.0007
0.0017
0.0035
0.0064
0.0110
0.0176
0.0268
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
5” Straight Sections
Series 2-5, 4-5, 5-5
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel
Straights
W
5.188
WI
SP2-5, SH2-5, SS2-5
SP4-5, SH4-5, SS4-5
SP5-5, SH5-5, SS5-5
W (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
3.34
6.34
9.34
15.34
21.34
27.34
33.34
39.34
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SP4-5
SH4-5
SS4-5
SP5-5
³
SH5-5
SS5-5
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
UL
1.328
5.188
Ix = 2.89 in4
Sx = 1.09 in2
Area = 0.778 in2
20A
D/6M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.70 in2
1.328
Ix = 3.75 in4
Sx = 1.40 in2
Area = 1.018 in2
5.188
SP2-5
SH2-5
SS2-5
DIMENSIONS
20B
E/6M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
1.328
5.188
SERIES
Ix = 4.635 in4
Sx = 1.732 in2
Area = 1.24 in2
20C
–
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
123
6” Straight Sections
Series 0-6, 1-6, 3-6, 4-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
SP3624L09144
Material
Siderail
Height
Series
Width
6 • (6")
Bottom Type
Length
SP • Pre-Galvanized
0 • Series 0
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
1 • Series 1
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
3 • Series 3
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
4 • Series 4
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
288 • (24 ft)
SS • Stainless Steel 316
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
Prefix
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult pages 128 to 142
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
SP0-6
SH0-6
SS0-6
SP1-6
SH1-6
SS1-6
SP3-6
SH3-6
SS3-6
SP4-6
SH4-6
SS4-6
124
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
424
239
153
106
–
–
–
–
Deflection (in.)
0.120
0.214
0.335
0.482
–
–
–
–
Deflection Factor
0.003
0.0009
0.0022
0.0045
–
–
–
–
556
313
200
139
102
78
62
50
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
0.126
0.224
0.349
0.503
0.685
0.895
1.132
1.398
0.0002
0.0007
0.0017
0.0036
0.0067
0.0115
0.0183
0.0280
833
469
300
208
153
117
93
75
0.156
0.277
0.433
0.624
0.849
1.109
1.404
1.733
0.0002
0.0006
0.0014
0.0030
0.0055
0.0095
0.0152
0.0231
Load (lb/ft)
1289
725
464
322
237
181
143
116
Deflection (in.)
0.181
0.321
0.502
0.723
0.984
1.285
1.626
2.008
0.0001
0.0004
0.0011
0.0022
0.0042
0.0071
0.0114
0.0173
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor
Deflection Factor
6” Straight Sections
Series 0-6, 1-6, 3-6, 4-6
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel
Straights
W
6.188
WI
SP0-6, SH0-6, SS0-6
SP1-6, SH1-6, SS1-6
SP3-6, SH3-6, SS3-6
SP4-6, SH4-6, SS4-6
W (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
3.34
6.34
9.34
15.34
21.34
27.34
33.34
39.34
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SP3-6
SH3-6
SS3-6
SP4-6
SH4-6
SS4-6
6.188
Ix = 3.54 in4
Sx = 1.11 in2
Area = 0.694 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
UL
12C
C/3M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.70 in2
1.328
Ix = 4.44 in4
Sx = 1.39 in2
Area = 0.874 in2
6.188
SP1-6
SH1-6
SS1-6
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
1.328
20A
D/6M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.70 in2
1.328
Ix = 5.373 in4
Sx = 1.70 in2
Area = 1.40 in2
6.188
SP0-6
SH0-6
SS0-6
DIMENSIONS
20B
E/6M
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
1.328
6.188
SERIES
Ix = 7.173 in4
Sx = 2.250 in2
Area = 1.40 in2
20C
–
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2
125
7” Straight Sections
Series 3-7
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
SP3724L09144
Material
Series
SP • Pre-Galvanized
3 • Series 3
Siderail
Height
Width
7 • (7")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
3 • (3 meters)
09 • (9")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
12 • (12")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
144 • (12 ft)
18 • (18")
* L18 • 18" rung spacing
288 • (24 ft)
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
SS • Stainless Steel 316
Bottom Type
24 • (24")
V • Ventilated
30 • (30")
S • Solid Trough
Length
36 • (36")
Prefix
* 42 • (42")
* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).
Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with rungs
spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple spans with
deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce
deflection by as much as 50%.
Deflection factor
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by multiplying
the load by the deflection factor.
For Fittings consult page 128 to 142
SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES
SP3-7
SH3-7
SS3-7
126
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
Load (lb/ft)
1333
750
480
333
245
188
148
120
Deflection (in.)
0.133
0.225
0.480
0.667
0.735
1.125
1.333
1.680
0.0001
0.0003
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.006
0.009
0.014
Deflection Factor
7” Straight Sections
Series 3-7
Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel
Straights
W
7.188
WI
SP3-7, SH3-7, SS3-7
W (in.)
Wi (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
3.34
6.34
9.34
15.34
21.34
27.34
33.34
39.34
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SP3-7
SH3-7
SS3-7
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
CSA
20C
E
UL
1.328
7.188
SERIES
Ix = 10.411 in4
Sx = 2.820 in 3
Area = 1.54 in 2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2
127
Steel
Cable Tray
Fittings
Number Selection
Fitting Number Selection
S P F 6 2 4 LV O 6 0 12
Fitting
Material
SPF • Pre-Galvanized
Fittings
Siderail
Depth
Width
3 • (3-5/8")
06 • (6")
4 • (4")
09 • (9")
SHF • Hot Dip
Galvanized
Fittings
5 • (5")
12 • (12")
6 • (6")
18 • (18")
SSF • Stainless Steel 316
7 • (7")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
**
†
128
Angle is required for HB, VI, VO only.
Radius is not required for the following Fitting Types:
HYR, HYL, HLR, HRR, HSR
† Nominal
Bottom
Type
* L • Ladder
*** V • Ventilated
**** S • Solid Trough
Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO
VTD
VTU
HYR
HYL
RT
ET
EX
HLR
HSR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Tee Down
Vertical Tee Up
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Horiz. Expand Cross
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR • Horizontal Right
Reducer
CS • Cable Support Fitting
**Angle
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45o)
24 • (24”)
60 • (60o)
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
48 • (48”)
*
Manufactured with 9” rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.
*** Manufactured with 4” edge to edge rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.
**** Manufactured with flat sheet inserted under rungs with 9” rung spacing
measured at the center line of fitting.
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Bends
90o / 60o
60o Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
SPF 4 24 L HB90 12
Prefix
SPF,SHF,SSF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
90o Horizontal Bend
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
X
Selection Guide
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o, 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Steel
Fittings
90o Horizontal Bend
60o Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Y
Z
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB90-12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB90-24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
17
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB90-36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB90-48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
X
Dimensions
Y
Z
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB60-12
14-7/8
16-3/16
17-1/2
20-1/16
22-11/16
25-5/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
8-5/8
9-3/8
10-1/8
11-5/8
13-1/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
9-15/16
10-13/16
11-11/16
13-3/8
15-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
20-5/16
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB60-24
25-5/16
26-9/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
33-1/16
35-11/16
38-1/4
40-7/8
14-5/8
15-3/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
16-7/8
17-3/4
18-9/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
23-13/16
25-1/2
27-1/4
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB60-36
35-11/16
37
38-1/4
40-7/8
43-1/2
46-1/16
48-11/16
51-1/4
20-5/8
21-3/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
23-13/16
24-5/8
25-1/2
27-2/8
29
30-11/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HB60-48
46-1/16
47-3/8
48-11/16
51-4/16
53-7/8
56-7/16
59-1/16
61-11/16
26-5/8
27-3/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
30-11/16
31-9/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
35-15/16
37-5/8
39-3/8
41-1/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
129
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Bends
45o / 30o
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L HB45 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o, 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
45o Horizontal Bend
30o Horizontal Bend
Nominal Radius
Dimensions
R
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
6
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-12 13-5/8
5-5/8
8
9
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-12 14-11/16 6-1/16
8-9/16
12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-12 15-3/4
6-12
9-3/16
18
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-12 17-7/8
7-3/8
10-7/16
24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-12 20
8-1/4
11-11/16
30
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-12 22-1/16
9-1/8
12-15/16
36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-12 24-3/16
10
14-3/16
42
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-12 26-5/16 10-15/16 15-7/16
12
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-24 22-1/16
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-24 23-1/8
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-24 24-3/16
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-24 26-5/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-24 28-7/16
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-24 30-9/16
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-24 32-11/16
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-24 34-13/16
9-1/8
9-9/16
10
10-15/16
11-13/16
12-11/16
13-9/16
14-7/16
12-15/16
13-9/16
14-3/16
15-7/16
16-11/16
17-15/16
19-1/8
20-3/8
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-36 30-9/16
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-36 31-5/8
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-36 32-11/16
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-36 34-13/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-36 36-15/16
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-36 39-1/16
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-36 41-3/16
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-36 43-5/16
12-11/16
13-1/8
13-9/16
14-7/16
15-5/16
16-3/16
17-1/16
17-15/16
17-15/16
18-9/16
19-1/8
20-3/8
21-5/8
22-7/8
24-1/8
25-3/8
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-48 39-1/16
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB45-48 40-1/8
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-48 41-3/16
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-48 43-5/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-48 45-7/16
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-48 47-9/16
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-48 49-11/16
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB45-48 51-13/16
16-3/16
16-3/8
17-1/16
17-15/16
18-13/16
19-11/16
20-9/16
21-7/16
22-7/8
23-1/2
24-1/8
25-3/8
26-5/8
27-7/8
29-1/8
30-5/16
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-12
9
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-12
12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-12
18
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-12
24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-12
30
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-12
36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-12
42
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-12
12
Dimensions
Y
Z
11-5/8
12-3/8
13-1/2
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
3-1/8
3-5/16
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-5/16
4-11/16
5-1/8
5-1/2
6-3/16
6-5/8
7
7-13/16
8-5/8
9-7/16
10-1/4
11-1/16
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-24
17-5/8
18-3/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
4-11/16
4-15/16
5-2/16
5-8/16
5-15/16
6-5/16
6-12/16
7-2/16
9-7/16
9-13/16
10-4/16
11-1/16
11-13/16
12-10/16
13-7/16
14-4/16
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-36
23-5/8
24-3/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
6-5/16
6-1/2
6-3/4
7-1/4
7-1/2
7-15/16
8-5/16
8-3/4
12-5/8
13-1/16
13-7/16
14-1/4
15-1/16
15-7/8
16-11/16
17-1/2
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)HB30-48
29-5/8
30-3/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8
38-5/8
7-15/16
8-1/8
8-5/16
8-3/4
9-1/8
9-9/16
9-15/16
10-5/16
15-7/8
16-1/4
16-11/16
17-1/2
18-1/4
19-1/16
19-7/8
20-11/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
130
X
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L HT 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Width
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Horizontal TEE
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Steel
Fittings
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Tee, Cross
Horizontal CROSS
Dimensions
X
Y
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HT12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HT24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HT36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HT48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Dimensions
X
Y
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HX12
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HX24
27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HX36
39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-HX48
51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
131
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 3024 L RT 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Prefix
Width 1 Width 2
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Horizontal REDUCING TEE
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-4236-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4230-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4224-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4218-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4212-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4209-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-4206-(*)-RT(+)
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
60
54
48
42
36
33
30
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
84
78
72
66
60
57
54
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
108
102
96
90
84
81
78
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
132
126
120
114
108
105
102
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-3630-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3624-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3618-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3612-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3609-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3606-(*)-RT(+)
30
30
30
30
30
30
54
48
42
36
33
30
42
42
42
42
42
42
78
72
66
60
57
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
102
96
90
84
81
78
66
66
66
66
66
66
126
120
114
108
105
102
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-3024-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3018-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3012-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3009-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3006-(*)-RT(+)
27
27
27
27
27
48
42
36
33
30
39
39
39
39
39
72
66
60
57
54
51
51
51
51
51
96
90
84
81
78
63
63
63
63
63
120
114
108
105
102
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-2418-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-2412-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-2409-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-2406-(*)-RT(+)
24
24
24
24
42
36
33
30
36
36
36
36
66
60
57
54
48
48
48
48
90
84
81
78
60
60
60
60
114
108
105
102
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-1812-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-1809-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-1806-(*)-RT(+)
21
21
21
36
33
30
33
33
33
60
57
54
45
45
45
84
81
78
57
57
57
108
105
102
9
6
Prefix(†)-1209-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-1206-(*)-RT(+)
18
18
33
30
30
30
57
54
42
42
81
78
54
54
105
102
6
Prefix(†)-0906-(*)-RT(+)
16-1/2
30
28-1/2
54
40-1/2
78
52-1/2
102
12
9
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
132
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 3024 L ET 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Steel
Fittings
Prefix
Width 1 Width 2
SPF, SHF, SSF
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Horizontal EXPANDING TEE
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
Prefix(†)-3642-(*)-ET(+)
30
66
42
90
54
114
66
138
36
42
Prefix(†)-3036-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-3042-(*)-ET(+)
27
27
60
66
39
39
84
90
51
51
108
114
63
63
132
138
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-2430-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-2436-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-2442-(*)-ET(+)
24
24
24
54
60
66
36
36
36
78
84
90
48
48
48
102
108
114
60
60
60
126
132
138
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-1824-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1830-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1836-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1842-(*)-ET(+)
21
21
21
21
48
54
60
66
33
33
33
33
72
78
84
90
45
45
45
45
96
102
108
114
57
57
57
57
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-1218-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1224-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1230-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1236-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1242-(*)-ET(+)
18
18
18
18
18
42
48
54
60
66
30
30
30
30
30
66
72
78
84
90
42
42
42
42
42
90
96
102
108
114
54
54
54
54
54
114
120
126
132
138
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-0912-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0918-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0924-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0930-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0936-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0942-(*)-ET(+)
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
36
42
48
54
60
66
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
60
66
72
78
84
90
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
84
90
96
102
108
114
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
108
114
120
126
132
138
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-0609-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0612-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0618-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0624-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0630-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0636-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0642-(*)-ET(+)
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
36
30
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
133
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Expanding Cross
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 2430 V EX 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Prefix
Width 1 Width 2
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting Nominal
Type Radius
Bottom
Style
Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
42
Prefix(†)-3642-(*)-EX(+)
60
66
84
90
108
114
132
138
36
42
Prefix(†)-3036-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-3042-(*)-EX(+)
54
54
60
66
78
78
84
90
102
102
108
114
126
126
132
138
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-2430-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-2436-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-2442-(*)-EX(+)
48
48
48
54
60
66
72
72
72
78
84
90
96
96
96
102
108
114
120
120
120
126
132
138
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-1824-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1830-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1836-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1842-(*)-EX(+)
42
42
42
42
48
54
60
66
66
66
66
66
72
78
84
90
90
90
90
90
96
102
108
114
114
114
114
114
120
126
132
138
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-1218-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1224-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1230-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1236-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1242-(*)-EX(+)
36
36
36
36
36
42
48
54
60
66
60
60
60
60
60
66
72
78
84
90
84
84
84
84
84
90
96
102
108
114
108
108
108
108
108
114
120
126
132
138
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-0912-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0918-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0924-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0930-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0936-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0942-(*)-EX(+)
33
33
33
33
33
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
57
57
57
57
57
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
81
81
81
81
81
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
105
105
105
105
105
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-0609-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0612-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0618-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0624-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0630-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0636-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0642-(*)-EX(+)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138
36
30
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
134
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Steel
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends 90o
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L VI90 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Width
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Steel
Fittings
Outside Bend
90o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
48
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 3-1/2”-7”
X
Y
Z
3/12”
X
Y
4”
Z
X
Y
5”
Z
X
Y
6”
Z
X
Y
7”
Z
X
Y
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-12
12
12
12
15-5/8, 15-5/8, 15-5/8 16-3/16, 16-3/16, 16-3/16 17-3/16, 17-3/16, 17-3/16 18-3/16, 18-3/16, 18-3/16 19-3/16, 19-3/16, 19-3/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-24
24
24
24
27-5/8, 27-5/8, 27-5/8 28-3/16, 28-3/16, 28-3/16 29-3/16, 29-3/16, 29-3/16 30-3/16, 30-3/16, 30-3/16 31-3/16, 31-3/16, 31-3/16
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-36
36
36
36
39-5/8, 39-5/8, 39-5/8
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)90-48
48
48
48
40-3/16, 40-3/16, 40-3/16 41-3/16, 41-3/16, 41-3/16 42-3/16, 42-3/16, 42-3/16 43-3/16, 43-3/16, 43-3/16
51-5/8, 51-5/8, 51-5/8 52-3/16, 52-3/16, 52-3/16 53-3/16, 53-3/16, 53-3/16 54-3/16, 54-3/16, 54-3/16 55-3/16, 55-3/16, 55-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
135
Steel
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends 60o
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L VI60 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
60o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 3-1/2”-7”
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
3-1/2”
X
Y
4”
Z
X
Y
5”
Z
X
Y
6”
Z
X
Y
7”
Z
X
Y
Z
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
10-3/8, 6, 6-15/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-12
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
20-13/16, 12, 13-7/8 23-15/16,15-5/8,15-15/16 24-7/16, 16-3/16, 16-1/4 25-1/4, 17-3/16, 16-7/8
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-24
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
31-3/16, 18, 20-13/16 34-5/16, 21-5/8, 22-7/8 34-13/16,22-3/16,23-3/16 35-11/16, 23-3/16, 23-3/4 36-1/2, 24-3/16, 24-3/8
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-36
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-48
41-9/16, 24, 27-11/16 44-11/16,27-5/8,29-13/16 45-3/16, 28-3/16, 30-1/8 46-1/16,29-3/16,30-11/16 46-15/16, 30-3/16, 31-1/8 47-13/16, 31-3/16, 31-7/8
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)60-48
13-1/2, 9-5/8, 9
14, 10-3/16, 9-3/8
14-7/8, 11-3/16, 9-15/16
15-3/4, 12-3/16, 10-1/2
16-5/8, 13-3/16, 11-1/16
27, 19-3/16, 18
26-1/8, 18-3/16, 17-7/16
37-7/16,25-3/16,24-15/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
136
Steel
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends 45o
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L VI45 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Steel
Fittings
Outside Bend
45o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 3-1/2”-7”
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
3-1/2”
X
Y
4”
Z
X
Y
5”
Z
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
8-1/2, 3-1/2,
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
17,
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-24
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
25-7/16,10-9/16,14-15/16 28, 14-3/16, 16-7/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-36
28-7/16, 14-3/4, 16-5/8
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-48
33-15/16,14-1/16,19-7/8 36-1/2, 17-11/16, 21-3/8
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)45-48
36-7/8, 18-1/4, 21-5/8
12
24
7,
5
X
Y
6”
Z
X
Y
7”
Z
X
Y
Z
11-1/16, 7-1/8, 6-1/2 11-7/16, 7-11/16, 6-11/16 12-1/8, 8-11/16, 7-1/8 12-7/8, 9-11/16, 7-1/2 13-9/16,10-11/16,7-15/16
9-15/16 19-1/2, 10-5/8, 11-7/16 19-15/16,11-3/16,11-11/16 20-5/8, 12-3/16, 12-1/16
29-1/8, 15-3/4, 17-1/16
37-5/8,
19-1/4,
22
21-3/8, 13-3/16, 12-1/2 22-1/16,14-3/16,12-15/16
29-13/16, 16-3/4, 17-1/2
30-1/2, 17-3/4, 17-7/8
39-5/16, 20-1/4, 22-7/16
39,
21-1/4,
22-7/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
137
Steel
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends 30o
Outside Bend
Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L VI30 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
30o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 3-1/2”-7”
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
3-1/2”
X
Y
4”
Z
X
Y
5”
Z
X
Y
6”
Z
X
Y
7”
Z
X
Y
Z
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
6, 1-5/8, 3-3/16 7-13/16, 5-1/4, 4-3/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-12
8-1/16, 15-13/16, 4-5/16
8-9/16, 6-13/16, 4-5/8
9-1/16, 7-13/16, 4-7/8
9-9/16, 8-13/16, 5-1/8
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
12, 3-3/16, 6-7/16 13-13/16, 6-13/16, 7-3/8 14-1/16, 7-3/8, 7-9/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-24
14-9/16, 8-3/8, 7-13/16
15-1/16, 9-3/8, 8-1/16
15-9/16, 10-3/8, 8-3/8
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
18, 4-13/16, 9-5/8 19-13/16, 8-7/16, 10-5/8
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-36
20-1/16, 10, 11-1/16
21-1/16, 11,
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-48
24, 6-7/16, 12-7/8 25-13/16,10-1/16,13-13/16 26-1/16, 10-5/8, 14
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-(+)30-48
26-9/16, 11-5/8, 14-1/4
27-1/16, 12-5/8, 14-1/2
20-1/16,
9,
10-3/4
11-5/16
21-9/16, 12, 11-9/16
27-9/16, 13-5/8, 14-13/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
138
Steel
Cable Tray
Reducers
Reducer - Straight
Offset Reducer - Left
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF-6-42-36-L-HLR
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Width 1
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Bottom
Style
Fitting
Type
Width 2
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Steel
Fittings
Offset Reducer - Right
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Horizontal REDUCERS
Widths
W1
W2
LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Straight Reducer (Concentric)
Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Dim. X
42
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-42-36-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-30-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-24-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-09-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-42-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
Prefix(†)-42-36-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-30-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-24-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-42-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
20-11/16
21-1/2
22-3/8
Prefix(†)-42-36-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-30-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-24-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-42-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
31-1/16
32-13/16
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-09-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
19-13/16
20-11/16
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
27-9/16
29-5/16
30
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-09-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-1/16
18-15/16
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
24-1/8
25-7/8
24
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-24-09-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-24-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
16-5/16
17-3/16
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-24-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
20-11/16
22-3/8
18
12
9
6
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-18-09-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-18-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
14-5/8
15-7/16
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-18-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
9
6
Prefix(†)-12-39-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
15-7/16
Prefix(†)-12-09-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
13-3/4
Prefix(†)-12-09-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
15-7/16
6
Prefix(†)-09-06-(*)-HLR
13-3/4
Prefix(†)-09-06-(*)-HSR
12-7/8
Prefix(†)-09-06-(*)-HRR
13-3/4
12
9
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
139
Steel
Cable Tray
Horizontal Wye
45o
Left Hand Wye
Right Hand Wye
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF-6-36-L-HYL
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Fitting Material
SPF, SHF, SSF
Siderail
Depth
Technical Specifications
Width
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
45o Horizontal WYE
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Left Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Right Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HYR
X
Dimensions
Y
18-5/16
22-1/2
26-3/4
35-1/4
43-1/2
52-1/4
60-11/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
140
14-13/16
19-15/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66
Z
12-7/16
15-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16
Steel
Cable Tray
Vertical Tee
Up / Down
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L VTD 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Steel
Fittings
Down
Up
Vertical TEE Up / Down
Nominal
Radius
R
Vertical
Tee Up
Siderail Height “H”
Vertical
Tee Down
3-1/2”
Width Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
X
4”
Y
X
5”
Y
X
6”
Y
X
7”
Y
X
Y
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-VTU12
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-09-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-42-(*)-VTD12
13-13/16
27-5/8
14-1/8
28-3/16
14-5/8
29-3/16 15-1/8
30-3/16 15-5/8
31-3/16
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-VTU24
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-09-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-42-(*)-VTD24
25-13/16
51-5/8
26-1/8
52-3/16
26-5/8
53-3/16 27-1/8
54-3/16 27-5/8
55-3/16
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-VTU36
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-09-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-42-(*)-VTD36
NA
NA
38-1/8
76-3/16
38-5/8
77-3/16 39-1/8
78-3/16 39-5/8
79-3/16
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-VTU48
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-09-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD48
Prefix-42-(*)-VTD48
NA
NA
50-1/8
100-3/16
50-5/8
101-3/16
51-1/8
102-3/16 51-5/8
103-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
141
Steel
Cable Tray
Cable Fittings
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPF 4 24 L CS 12
Prefix: SPF(Pre-Galv.),SHF(Hot Dip),SSF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L– Ladder, V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 3”, 4”, 5”, 6”, 7”
Prefix
SPF, SHF, SSF
Dimension / Information
Width
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Cable Support Fitting
Siderail Height “H”
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
3-7/8”
4”
Catalogue Number
5”
6”
7”
X
12
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-CS12
15-5/8
16-3/16
17-3/16
18-3/16
19-3/16
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-CS24
27-5/8
28-3/16
29-3/16
30-3/16
31-3/16
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-CS36
39-5/8
40-3/16
41-3/16
42-3/16
43-3/16
48
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-09-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS48
Prefix(†)-42-(*)-CS48
51-5/8
52-3/16
53-3/16
54-3/16
55-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
142
Steel Cable Tray
Fittings
Steel
Cable Tray
143
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Tray Covers
–
Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed where falling objects may damage cables
or where vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Outside cable tray runs should be covered with a Peaked Flanged cover to protect cable from the elements and
excess build up of snow and ice.
Solid Covers
–
These covers provide maximum mechanical
protection for cables with limited heat build
up. Solid covers are available with or without
flange. Flanged covers have 1/2" flange.
Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.
Solid Flanged
Solid Non-Flanged
Ventilated Flanged Covers
–
This design offers excellent mechanical protection
while allowing heat produced by cables to dissipate.
Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.
Ventilated
Flanged
Peaked Flanged Covers
–
Peaked covers offer mechanical protection plus
prevents accumulation of liquid on the cover. Peaked
covers have 15° rise at the peak. Covers greater than
12" wide *available in 72" and 3 m lengths.
Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.
Peaked Flanged
144
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Straight Covers
Straight Cover Number Selection
(SPW12)SNC72
Material
Prefix
Width
SPW • Pre-Galvanized
SHW• Hot Dip Galvanized*
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Type
Length
SNC • Solid Non-Flanged Cover
72 • (72”)
SFC • Solid Flanged Cover
144 • (12ft)
VFC • Ventilated Flanged Cover
3 • (3m)
PFC • Peaked Flanged Cover
Prefix
Steel
Accessories
* Hot Dipped Covers only available in 72” and 1500 mm lengths.
Fitting Covers
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(SPW12)SNCHB9024
Material
Prefix
SPW • Pre-Galvanized
SHW• Hot Dip Galvanized
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Prefix
Width
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VTU
HYR
HYL
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Tee Down
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
* Degree
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45o)
24 • (24”)
60 • (60 )
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
48 • (48”)
o
* Required for HB & VI only
145
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Fitting Covers (cont’d)
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(SPW1812)SNCRT90
Material
Prefix
SPW • Pre-Galvanized
SHW• Hot Dip Galvanized
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Width 1
Width 2
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Fitting Type
* Radius
• Horizontal Reduce Tee
• Horizontal Expand Tee
• Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce Cross
HSR • Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HLR • Horizontal Left
Reducer
HRR • Horizontal Right
Reducer
12 • (12”)
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
Prefix
RT
ET
EX
24 • (24”)
36 • (36”)
48 • (48”)
* Radius not
required for
HSR, HLR, HRR
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(SPW412)SNCVO9024
Material
Prefix
SPW • Pre-Galvanized
SHW• Hot Dip Galvanized
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Prefix
146
Siderail
Height
3 • (3-5/8")
4 • (4")
5 • (5")
6 • (6")
7 • (7")
Width
06 • (6")
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
Cover
Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged
Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged
Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged
Cover
Fitting Type
VO
• Vertical
Outside
Bend
VTD • Vertical
Tee Down
CS
• Cable
Support
Fitting
*Degree
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45 )
24 • (24”)
60 • (60 )
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
48 • (48”)
o
o
* Required for VO only
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required
Straight section (6 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Straight section (12 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Horizontal and Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Crosses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Note:
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces are required.
Raised Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Cover
Cover
Offset
1”
2”
3”
Catalogue Number
SPW(+)RCC
(+) Cover offset
Siderail
Steel
Accessories
Designed to raise cover above
tray for added ventilation.
Peaked End Cap
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Used for transition between
peaked covers to straight
covers.
Width
06”
09”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
Catalogue Number
SPW(*)PEC
SHW(*)PEC
(*) Width of tray
Combination Hold Down Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
SPW-3-CCC
SPW-4-CCC
SPW-5-CCC
SPW-6-CCC
SPW-7-CCC
Designed to secure flat and
flanged covers with hold down
feature.
147
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-(*)-SCC
(Prefix)-4-(*)-SCC
(Prefix)-5-(*)-SCC
(Prefix)-6-(*)-SCC
(Prefix)-7-(*)-SCC
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-(*)-HCC
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HCC
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HCC
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HCC
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HCC
(*) Insert siderail height.
Rigid indoor cover clamp for
flat and flanged covers.
Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Wrap around design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.
Hardware included
(*) Insert siderail height.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
“B” in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Heavy Duty Peaked Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
Wrap around design formed to
fit peaked cover for outdoor
applications.
Hardware included.
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-(*)HPC
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HPC
(*) Insert width of tray.
Cover Joint Strip
Material
Prefix
SPW
Strip used for joining covers
end to end.
(*) Insert width of tray.
Note: material is plastic.
148
*Width
of Tray
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-SCS
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories, Splice Plates
Splice Plate
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.
Provided as standard with each
straight and/or fitting.
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-SSP
(Prefix)-4-SSP
(Prefix)-5-SSP
(Prefix)-6-SSP
(Prefix)-7-SSP
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-ESP
(Prefix)-4-ESP
(Prefix)-5-ESP
(Prefix)-6-ESP
(Prefix)-7-ESP
Allows for a 1” expansion or
contraction of tray system.
Packaged in pairs with
hardware.
Steel
Accessories
Expansion Splice Plate
Step Down Splice Plate
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-SDS
(*) Insert siderail height 1
(**) Insert siderail height 2
Note: Siderail height is greater than siderail height 2.
Connects siderails of different
heights.
Hardware included.
Horizontal Adjustable Plate
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
SPW
Adjustable hinge plates provide SHW
maximum horizontal installation SSW
flexibility.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
(*) Tray height.
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
For Tray
Widths
6” to 24”
inclusive
30” to 42”
inclusive
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-24-HSP
(Prefix)-(*)-42-HSP
149
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories, Splice Plates
Vertical Adjustable Plate
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-VSP
(Prefix)-4-VSP
(Prefix)-5-VSP
(Prefix)-6-VSP
(Prefix)-7-VSP
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-BSP
(Prefix)-4-BSP
(Prefix)-5-BSP
(Prefix)-6-BSP
(Prefix)-7-BSP
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-(*)-CEP
(Prefix)-4-(*)-CEP
(Prefix)-5-(*)-CEP
(Prefix)-6-(*)-CEP
(Prefix)-7-(*)-CEP
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-4-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-5-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-6-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-7-(*)-RSP
Hinged vertical plates provide
maximum flexibility for changes
in elevation.
Packaged in pairs with
hardware.
Box to Tray Plates
Designed to secure tray to
electrical panels or boxes, walls
or end supports.
Packaged in pairs with hardware..
Closure End Plate
Provides closure for any tray end.
Hardware included.
* Tray Width
Reducing Splice Plate
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Used in pairs to provide a straight
reduction or used with a Standard
Splice Plate for an offset reduction.
One per package with hardware.
150
*Note: For Offset Reduction: Insert width to be reduced.
For Straight Reduction: Insert 1/2 width to be reduced (2 required)
Accessories,
Hold Down Clamps /
Hardware
Steel
Cable Tray
Standard Hold down Clamp
Material
Prefix
Designed for most indoor
installations.
Easy to use and install.
Order 3/8” hardware separately.
Catalogue Number
SPW
SHW
SSW
(Prefix)-SHC
SPW
SSW
(Prefix)-SHC-HDW
HDW = Supplied complete with 3/8” hardware
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-HEC
Steel
Accessories
Combination Hold Down / Expansion Clamp
Order 3/8” hardware
separately.
Hold Down Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-HDC
(Prefix)-4-HDC
(Prefix)-5-HDC
(Prefix)-6-HDC
(Prefix)-7-HDC
* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers
151
Accessories,
Hold Down Clamps /
Hardware
Steel
Cable Tray
Steel Tray Hardware
Description
Square shoulder
self-positioning
carriage bolt.
Material
1/4” Carriage Bolt
3/8” Carriage Bolt
1/4” Hex. Nut
3/8” Hex. Nut
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
3/8” Carriage Bolt
3/8” Hex. Nut
316 Stainless Steel
Hardware Kit
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
Catalogue Number
SPW-1/4-CB
SPW-3/8-CB
SPW-1/4-HN
SPW-3/8-HN
SS6W-3/8-CB
SS6W-3/8-HN
SS6W-3/8-HWK
Self Drilling, Self Tapping Screw
Material
Prefix
Zinc Plated Steel
152
Description
Self-Drilling Self-Tapping Screw
Catalogue Number
SPW-10-SCR
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories, Cable Protection
Drop-Out
Material
Prefix
Tray
Width
SPW
SHW
SSW
Designed to provide a smooth
radiused surface at any position on
the tray or trough bottom. Drop-Outs
are easily attached using hardware
provided.
Standard Radius = 4".
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-DO
(Prefix)-(*)-DOS +
+ DOS = is for solid Tray, with no flange.
(*) Tray width
Wall Penetration Sleeve
Designed to pass through walls
and fire walls.
Hardware included.
Note: Not Fire Rated.
Fire Stop not included.
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Tray
Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Tray
Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-WPS
Steel
Accessories
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
(*) Siderail height
(**) Tray width
Frame Type Tray to Box Plate
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Designed to secure tray to
electrical enclosures and
panels.
Hardware not included.
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-FBP
Nylon Expansion Pad
Material
Natural Nylon
Catalogue Number
ABW-NSP
Allows for thermal expansion
and contraction of cable trays
over supports.
153
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories, Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips provide a method
of separating cables in tray and
trough systems. Easily installed
using supplied hardware or
Barrier Strip Clamps (sold
separately). 72" Barriers are
flexible for use with horizontal
fittings.
SBH
SB
NOTE: 72” barriers provided
with 3 SPW10SCR
144”, 3m barriers
provided with
6 SPW10SCR
(*) Insert length
Material
Prefix
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
72”
SPW
SHW
SSW
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
144””
3m
Inside Bend
Catalogue Number
SPW
SHW
SSW
(Prefix)-3-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VIB-(*)-(+)
Preformed to fit all standard
steel vertical bends.
Provided with hardware.
*Lenght
SPW
SHW
SSW
Inside/Outside Vertical Bend Barriers
Material
Prefix
Siderail
Height
Catalogue Number
Outside Bend
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-3-(*)-SBH-72
(Prefix)-4-(*)-SBH-72
(Prefix)-5-(*)-SBH-72
(Prefix)-6-(*)-SBH-72
(Prefix)-7-(*)-SBH-72
(Prefix)-3-SB-(*)
(Prefix)-4-SB-(*)
(Prefix)-5-SB-(*)
(Prefix)-6-SB-(*)
(Prefix)-7-SB-(*)
Siderail
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
(*) Insert Bend Degree (+) Insert Bend Radius
Note: 3” is only available in 12” and 24” radius.
Barrier Strip Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-BSC
Barrier Strip Clamps mount
Barrier Strips to Ladder rungs
and Ventilated Trough bottoms.
Complete mounting hardware
supplied.
Barrier Strip Splice
Material
Plastic
Alignment splice for joining
connecting Barrier Strips.
154
Catalogue Number
ABW-BSS
Steel
Cable Tray
Accessories, Cable Tray Guide
Cable Tray Guide
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
SPW-CTG
SHW-CTG
SSW-CTG
Cable Tray Clamp
Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Steel
Accessories
Expansion guide for single or double runs of
cable tray.
No need to field drill channel or I-beam.
SPW-CTC
SHW-CTC
SSW-CTC
Clamps for single run of cable tray.
No need to field drill channel or I-beam.
Vertical Tray Hanger
Material
Prefix
SPW
SHW
SSW
Tray
Width
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-(*)-VTH
155
One Piece
Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough
–
Formed from a pre-punched sheet to produce a
One-Piece Ventilated Trough.
–
Available in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip
Galvanized Steel and Stainless Steel 316.
–
Fittings are also available to complete this cable tray
system.
Solid Trough
–
Fabricated from one sheet to form a continuous
One-Piece tray design.
–
Available in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip
Galvanized Steel and Stainless Steel 316.
–
Fittings are also available to complete this cable tray
system.
Note: 1 pair of splice plates complete with hardware supplied with each straight length.
158
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized,
Hot Dip Galvanized
and Stainless Steel
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized,
Hot Dip Galvanized, Stainless Steel,
Solid and Ventilated Straight Lengths
One Piece
Cable Tray
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria. For example the first
selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This selection will lead to the best material
for your application. For complete details on cable tray selection process, see page 10.
One Piece
Straights
How to create part numbers
Methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page 10.
Determine the series tray using the NEMA Load/Span Designations page 11, and Sizing Cable Tray page 13.
Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page 13.
Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.
The last number is the length of the cable tray.
Example:
Straight Section Number Selection
( A L U 1 3 ) 1 2 V- 3
Material
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-Galvanized
Series
U1 • Unit or
One Piece Tray
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
SS • Stainless Steel 316
Siderail
Height
Width
Bottom Type
Length
* 3 •(3 meters)
2 • (2")
06 • (6")
V • Ventilated Trough
3 • (3-5/8")
12 • (12")
S • Solid Trough
6 • (6")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
Prefix
36 • (36")
* Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m.
1m = 3.2808ft 3m = 9.842ft
159
2” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A L U 1 2 ) 1 2 V- 3
Material
Prefix
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-Galvanized
Siderail
Height
Series
U1 • Unit or
One-Piece
2 • (2")
Width
Bottom Type
Length
06 • (6")
V • Ventilated Trough
* 3 •(3 meters)
12 • (12")
S • Solid Trough
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
18 • (18")
SS • Stainless Steel 316
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Prefix
* Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m.
1m = 3.2808 ft
3m = 9.842 ft
Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with tray supported as simple spans with deflection measured
at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as
much as 50%.
For Fittings consult pages 167 to 181.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
69
39
25
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.382
0.730
1.000
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.006
0.019
0.040
-
-
-
-
-
69
39
25
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.382
0.730
1.000
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.006
0.019
0.040
-
-
-
-
-
69
39
25
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.382
0.730
1.000
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.006
0.019
0.040
-
-
-
-
-
SERIES
ALU12
160
Load (lb/ft)
SPU12
SHU12
Load (lb/ft)
SSU12
Load (lb/ft)
2” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Straights
One Piece
Cable Tray
All U12 Series
(Dimensions)
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Wi (in.)
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.0
23.0
29.0
35.0
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray
above and beyond published load class.
CLASSIFICATIONS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
NEMA
CSA
ALU12
See
Above
–
A
SPU12
SHU12
See
Above
–
A
SSU12
See
Above
–
A
161
3-5/8” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A L U 1 3 ) 1 2 V- 3
Series
Material
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-Galvanized
U1 • Unit or
One-Piece
Siderail
Height
Width
Bottom Type
Length
3 • (3-5/8")
06 • (6")
V • Ventilated Trough
* 3 •(3 meters)
12 • (12")
S • Solid Trough
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
18 • (18")
SS • Stainless Steel 316
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Prefix
* Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m.
1m = 3.2808 ft
3m = 9.842 ft
Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with tray supported as simple spans with deflection measured
at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as
much as 50%.
For Fittings consult pages 167 to 181.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.382
0.430
0.540
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.002
0.004
0.008
-
-
-
-
-
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.125
0.250
0.320
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
-
-
-
-
-
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.125
0.250
0.320
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
-
-
-
-
-
SERIES
ALU13
162
Load (lb/ft)
SPU13
SHU13
Load (lb/ft)
SSU13
Load (lb/ft)
3-5/8” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Straights
One Piece
Cable Tray
All U13 Series
(Dimensions)
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Wi (in.)
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.0
23.0
29.0
35.0
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray
above and beyond published load class.
CLASSIFICATIONS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
NEMA
CSA
ALU13
See
Above
8C
C1
SPU13
SHU13
See
Above
8C
C1
8C
C1
SSU13
See
Above
163
6” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Cable Tray
Straight Section Number Selection
( A L U 1 6 ) 1 2 V- 3
Material
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-Galvanized
Siderail
Height
Series
U1 • Unit or
One-Piece
6 • (6")
Width
Bottom Type
Length
06 • (6")
V • Ventilated Trough
* 3 •(3 meters)
12 • (12")
S • Solid Trough
SH • Hot Dip Galvanized
18 • (18")
SS • Stainless Steel 316
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Prefix
* Standard straight length is 10 feet nominal = actually 3m.
1m = 3.2808 ft
3m = 9.842 ft
Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with tray supported as simple spans with deflection measured
at the midpoint. Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as
much as 50%.
For Fittings consult pages 167 to 181.
SUPPORT SPAN
6
8
10
12
(Feet)
14
16
18
20
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.082
0.128
0.160
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.000
0.001
0.002
-
-
-
-
-
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.125
0.250
0.320
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
-
-
-
-
-
180
101
65
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection (in.)
0.125
0.250
0.320
-
-
-
-
-
Deflection Factor
0.001
0.002
0.005
-
-
-
-
-
SERIES
ALU16
164
Load (lb/ft)
SPU16
SHU16
Load (lb/ft)
SSU16
Load (lb/ft)
6” Straight Section
AL, SP ,SH, SS
Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece
Cable Tray
One Piece
Straights
6.188
WI
W
All U16 Series
(Dimensions)
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
Wi (in.)
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.0
23.0
29.0
35.0
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray
above and beyond published load class.
CLASSIFICATIONS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
ALU16
See
Above
SPU16
SHU16
See
Above
SSU16
NEMA
CSA
8C
C1
8C
C1
8C
C1
See
Above
165
One Piece
Cable Tray
Fittings
Number Selection
Fitting Number Selection
SPUF306VHT6024
Material
Prefix
ALUF •
Aluminum
SPUF •
Pre-Galvanized Fittings
SHUF•
Hot Dip Galvanized
Fittings
SSUF •
Stainless Steel 316
Siderail
Depth
Width
2 • (2")
06 • (6")
3 • (3-5/8")
12 • (12")
6 • (6")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Prefix
*
†
166
Angle is required for HB, VI, VO only.
Radius is not required for the following Fitting Types:
HYR, HYL, HLR, HRR, HSR
Bottom
Type
V • Ventilated
Trough
S • Solid
Trough
* Angle
Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO
HYR
HYL
RT
ET
EX
HLR
HSR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Horizontal Expand Cross
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR • Horizontal Right
Reducer
CS • Cable Support Fitting
† Nominal
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45o)
24 • (24”)
60 • (60o)
36 • (36”)
90 • (90o)
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal Bends
90o / 60o
90o Horizontal Bend
60o Horizontal Bend
ALUF 3 24 V HB90 12
90o Horizontal Bend
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
90o Horizontal Bend
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
X
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 90o, 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Part Numbering System
60o Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Y
Z
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-12
15
18
21
24
27
30
15
18
21
24
27
30
15
18
21
24
27
30
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-24
27
30
33
36
39
42
27
30
33
36
39
42
17
30
33
36
39
42
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB90-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB90-36
39
42
45
48
51
54
39
42
45
48
51
54
39
42
45
48
51
54
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
24
36
X
Dimensions
Y
Z
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-12
14-7/8
17-1/2
20-1/16
22-11/16
25-5/16
27-7/8
8-5/8
10-1/8
11-5/8
13-1/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
9-15/16
11-11/16
13-3/8
15-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-24
25-5/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
33-1/16
35-11/16
38-1/4
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
23-13/16
25-1/2
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HB60-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HB60-36
35-11/16
38-1/4
40-7/8
43-1/2
46-1/16
48-11/16
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
23-13/16
25-1/2
27-2/8
29
30-11/16
32-7/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
167
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal Bends
45o / 30o
30o Horizontal Bend
45o Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 24 V HB45 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
45o Horizontal Bend
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-12
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
06
12
18
24
30
36
36
X
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 45o, 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
30o Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Y
Z
13-5/8
15-3/4
17-7/8
20
22-1/16
24-3/16
5-5/8
6-12
7-3/8
8-1/4
9-1/8
10
8
9-3/16
10-7/16
11-11/16
12-15/16
14-3/16
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-24 22-1/16
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-24 24-3/16
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-24 26-5/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-24 28-7/16
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-24 30-9/16
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-24 32-11/16
9-1/8
10
10-15/16
11-13/16
12-11/16
13-9/16
12-15/16
14-3/16
15-7/16
16-11/16
17-15/16
19-1/8
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB45-36 30-9/16
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB45-36 32-11/16
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB45-36 34-13/16
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB45-36 36-15/16
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB45-36 39-1/16
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB45-36 41-3/16
12-11/16
13-9/16
14-7/16
15-5/16
16-3/16
17-1/16
17-15/16
19-1/8
20-3/8
21-5/8
22-7/8
24-1/8
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Dimensions
Y
Z
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-12
11-5/8
13-1/2
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
3-1/8
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-5/16
4-11/16
5-1/8
6-3/16
7
7-13/16
8-5/8
9-7/16
10-1/4
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-24
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
4-11/16
5-2/16
5-8/16
5-15/16
6-5/16
6-12/16
9-7/16
10-4/16
11-1/16
11-13/16
12-10/16
13-7/16
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)HB30-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)HB30-36
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
6-5/16
6-3/4
7-1/4
7-1/2
7-15/16
8-5/16
12-5/8
13-7/16
14-1/4
15-1/16
15-7/8
16-11/16
36
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
168
X
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Teeo
ALUF 3 24 V HT 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Part Numbering System
Horizontal TEE
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Dimensions
X
Y
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT12
15
18
21
24
27
30
30
36
42
48
54
60
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT24
27
30
33
36
39
42
54
60
66
72
78
84
36
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HT36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HT36
39
42
45
48
51
54
78
84
90
96
102
108
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
169
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Cross
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
ALUF 3 24 V HX 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.),
SHUF(Hot Dip Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
Horizontal CROSS
Nominal Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
Dimensions
X
Y
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX12
15
18
21
24
27
30
30
36
42
48
54
60
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX24
27
30
33
36
39
42
54
60
66
72
78
84
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HX36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HX36
39
42
45
48
51
54
78
84
90
96
102
108
36
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
170
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Reducing Tee
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 2412 V RT 12
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Width 1 Width 2
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Widths 1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12
Widths 2: 30, 24, 18, 12, 6
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Horizontal REDUCING TEE
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
36
30
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-3630-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3624-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3618-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3612-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3606-(*)-RT(+)
30
30
30
30
30
54
48
42
36
30
42
42
42
42
42
78
72
66
60
54
54
54
54
54
54
102
96
90
84
78
66
66
66
66
66
126
120
114
108
102
30
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-3024-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3018-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3012-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-3006-(*)-RT(+)
27
27
27
27
48
42
36
30
39
39
39
39
72
66
60
54
51
51
51
51
96
90
84
78
63
63
63
63
120
114
108
102
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-2418-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-2412-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-2406-(*)-RT(+)
24
24
24
42
36
30
36
36
36
66
60
54
48
48
48
90
84
78
60
60
60
114
108
102
12
06
Prefix(†)-1812-(*)-RT(+)
Prefix(†)-1806-(*)-RT(+)
21
21
36
30
33
33
60
54
45
45
84
78
57
57
108
102
06
Prefix(†)-1206-(*)-RT(+)
18
30
30
54
42
78
54
102
18
12
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
171
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Expanding Tee
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 2430 V ET 12
Prefix: Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.),
SHUF(Hot Dip Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 30, 24, 18, 12, 6
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Width 1 Width 2
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
Horizontal EXPANDING TEE
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
36
Prefix(†)-3036-(*)-ET(+)
27
60
39
84
51
108
63
132
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-2430-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-2436-(*)-ET(+)
24
24
54
60
36
36
78
84
48
48
102
108
60
60
126
132
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-1824-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1830-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1836-(*)-ET(+)
21
21
21
48
54
60
33
33
33
72
78
84
45
45
45
96
102
108
57
57
57
120
126
132
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-1218-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1224-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1230-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-1236-(*)-ET(+)
18
18
18
18
42
48
54
60
30
30
30
30
66
72
78
84
42
42
42
42
90
96
102
108
54
54
54
54
114
120
126
132
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-0612-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0618-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0624-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0630-(*)-ET(+)
Prefix(†)-0636-(*)-ET(+)
15
15
15
15
15
36
42
48
54
60
27
27
27
27
27
60
66
72
78
84
39
39
39
39
39
84
90
96
102
108
51
51
51
51
51
108
114
120
126
132
30
06
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
172
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal
Expanding Cross
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 6 2430 V EX 12
Width 1 Width 2
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.),
SHUF(Hot Dip Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 30, 24, 18, 12, 6
Nominal
Radius
Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
One Piece
Fittings
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS
Widths
W1
(+) 12” Nominal Radius
(+) 24” Nominal Radius
(+) 36” Nominal Radius
(+) 48” Nominal Radius
W2
Catalogue Number
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
36
Prefix(†)-3036-(*)-EX(+)
54
60
78
84
102
108
126
132
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-2430-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-2436-(*)-EX(+)
48
48
54
60
72
72
78
84
96
96
102
108
120
120
126
132
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-1824-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1830-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1836-(*)-EX(+)
42
42
42
48
54
60
66
66
66
72
78
84
90
90
90
96
102
108
114
114
114
120
126
132
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-1218-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1224-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1230-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-1236-(*)-EX(+)
36
36
36
36
42
48
54
60
60
60
60
60
66
72
78
84
84
84
84
84
90
96
102
108
108
108
108
108
114
120
126
132
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-0612-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0618-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0624-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0630-(*)-EX(+)
Prefix(†)-0636-(*)-EX(+)
30
30
30
30
30
36
42
48
54
60
54
54
54
54
54
60
66
72
78
84
78
78
78
78
78
84
90
96
102
108
102
102
102
102
102
108
114
120
126
132
30
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12” - 48”).
Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
173
One Piece
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends
90o
90O Outside Bend
Ventilated
90O Inside Bend
Ventilated
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 24 V VI90 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 90o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
90o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
Width
Catalogue Number
X
Y
06
12
18
24
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
12
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
36
12
24
36
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 2”, 3”, 6”
Z
2”
3”
X
Y
Z
X
Y
12
13-7/8,
13-7/8,
13-7/8
15-5/8,
15-5/8,
24
24
25-7/8,
25-7/8,
25-7/8
27-5/8,
36
36
37-7/8,
37-7/8,
37-7/8
39-5/8,
6”
Z
X
Y
15-5/8
18-3/16,
18-3/16,
18-3/16
27-5/8,
27-5/8
30-3/16,
30-3/16,
30-3/16
39-5/8,
39-5/8
42-3/16,
42-3/16,
42-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
174
Z
One Piece
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends
60o
60o Outside Bend
60o Inside Bend
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 12 V VI60 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 60o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Part Numbering System
60o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 2”, 3”, 6”
2”
3”
Width
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
X
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
10-3/8,
6,
6-15/16
12,
7-7/8,
8
13-1/2,
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
20-13/16,
12,
13-7/8
22-7/16,
13-7/8,
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
31-3/16,
18
20-13/16 32-13/16,
19-7/8,
12
24
36
Y
6”
Z
9-5/8,
9
14-15/16 23-15/16,
15-5/8,
15-15/16
34-5/16,
21-5/8,
22-7/8
21-7/8
X
15-3/4,
Y
Z
12-3/16,
10-1/2
26-1/8,
18-3/16,
17-7/16
36-1/2,
24-3/16,
24-3/8
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
175
One Piece
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends
45o
45o Outside Bend
45o Inside Bend
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 12 V VI45 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 45o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
45o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 2”, 3”, 6”
Width
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
8-1/2,
3-1/2,
5
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
17,
7,
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
25-7/16,
36
2”
X
3”
Y
Z
9-13/16,
5-3/8,
5-3/4
9-15/16 18-5/16,
8-7/8,
X
Y
6”
Z
X
Y
11-1/16,
7-1/8,
6-11/16
12-7/8,
9-11/16,
7-9/16
10-11/16 19-1/2,
10-5/8,
11-7/16
21-3/8,
13-3/16,
12-1/2
14-3/16,
16-7/16
29-13/16, 16-3/4,
17-1/2
10-9/16, 14-15/16 26-13/16, 12-7/16, 15-11/16
28,
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
176
Z
One Piece
Cable Tray
Vertical Bends
30o
30o Inside Bend
30o Outside Bend
Selection Guide
ALUF 3 06 V VI30 12
Width
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Siderail
Depth
Nominal
Radius
Angle
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Angle: 30o
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Part Numbering System
30o Vertical BEND
(+) VO Siderail
Nominal
Radius
Width
Catalogue Number
12
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
24
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
36
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
R
(+) VI Siderail Height
Height 2”, 3”, 6”
Z
2”
X
Y
3”
X
Y
Z
X
6,
1-5/8,
3-3/16 6-15/16,
3-1/2,
3-11/16
7-13/16,
12,
3-3/16,
6-7/1612-15/16, 5-1/16,
6-15/16
18,
4-13/16,
9-5/8 18-15/16, 6-11/16,
10-1/8
Y
5-1/4,
6”
Z
X
Y
Z
4-3/16
9-1/8,
7-13/16,
4-7/8
13-13/16, 6-13/16,
7-3/8
15-1/8,
9-3/8,
8-1/16
19-13/16, 8-7/16,
10-5/8
21-1/8,
11,
11-5/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
177
One Piece
Cable Tray
Reducers
Straight Reducer
Offset Reducer - Right
Offset Reducer - Left
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.),
SHUF(Hot Dip Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12
ALUF 3 3624 V HLR
Straight Reducer
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Width 1 Width 2
Siderail
Depth
Dimension / Information
Fitting
Type
Tray Widths W2: 30, 24, 18, 12, 6
Bottom
Style
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
Horizontal REDUCERS
Widths
W1
W2
LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
Straight Reducer (Concentric)
Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
36
30
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/8
18-5/16
20-11/16
Prefix(†)-36-30-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-24-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-36-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
29-5/16
30
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/16
18-15/16
Prefix(†)-30-24-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-18-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-30-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
25-7/8
24
18
12
06
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
17-3/16
Prefix(†)-24-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix(†)-24-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-24-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
22-3/8
12
06
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HLR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
18-15/16
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HSR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
15-7/16
Prefix(†)-18-12-(*)-HRR
Prefix(†)-18-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18-15/16
06
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HLR
15-7/16
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HSR
13-3/4
Prefix(†)-12-06-(*)-HRR
15-7/16
18
12
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
178
Dim. X
One Piece
Cable Tray
Horizontal Wye
45o
Solid - Left
Ventilated - Left
Right Hand Wye
Left Hand Wye
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
ALUF-6-24-V-HYL
Dimension / Information
Width
Fitting
Fitting Material
Type
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Siderail
Bottom
Depth
Style
One Piece
Fittings
Selection Guide
Part Numbering System
45o Horizontal WYE
Width
06
12
18
24
30
36
Left Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Right Hand Wye
Catalogue Number
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HYL
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-HYR
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-HYR
X
18-5/16
26-3/4
35-1/4
43-1/2
52-1/4
60-11/16
Dimensions
Y
14-13/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66
Z
12-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert “VO” for vertical outside or “VI” for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
179
One Piece
Cable Tray
Vertical Tee
Up / Down
Down
Up
Part Numbering System
ALUF 6 24 V VTD 12
Dimension / Information
Prefix
ALUF, SPUF,
SHUF, SSUF
Width
Siderail
Depth
Fitting
Type
Nominal
Radius
Bottom
Style
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
Vertical TEE Up / Down
Nominal
Radius
R
24
36
Siderail Height “H”
Vertical
Tee Down
Catalogue Number
Catalogue Number
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU12
06
12
18
24
30
36
06
12
18
24
30
36
Width
12
Vertical
Tee Up
2”
3”
6”
X
Y
X
Y
X
Y
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD12
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD12
12-15/16
25-7/8
13-13/16
27-5/8
15-1/8
30-3/16
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU24
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD24
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD24
24-15/16
49-7/8
25-13/16
51-5/8
27-1/8
54-3/16
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-VTU36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-VTU36
Prefix-06-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-12-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-18-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-24-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-30-(*)-VTD36
Prefix-36-(*)-VTD36
36-15/16
73-7/8
N/A
N/A
39-1/8
78-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
180
One Piece
Cable Tray
Cable Fittings
SPUF 3 24 V CS 12
Prefix
SPF SHF,SSF
Fitting
Type
Width
Dimension / Information
Siderail
Depth
Bottom
Style
Nominal
Radius
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALUF(Aluminum), SPUF(Pre-Galv.), SHUF(Hot Dip
Galv.), SSUF(Stainless Steel)
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36
Nominal Radius: 12, 24, 36
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Side Rail Depth: 2”, 3”, 6”
One Piece
Fittings
Part Numbering System
Cable Support Fitting
Siderail Height “H”
Nominal
Radius
R
12
24
36
Width
2”
Catalogue Number
3”
6”
X
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS12
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS12
13-7/8
15-5/8
18-3/16
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS24
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS24
25-7/8
27-5/8
30-3/16
06
12
18
24
30
36
Prefix(†)-06-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-12-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-18-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-24-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-30-(*)-CS36
Prefix(†)-36-(*)-CS36
37-7/8
39-5/8
42-3/16
(†) Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
181
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Straight Covers
Straight Cover Number Selection
(SPW12)SNC3
Material
Prefix
Width
ALUW • Aluminum
SPW•
Pre-Galvanized
SHW • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
06 • (6")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Type
SNC • Solid Non-Flanged Cover
Length
* 3 • (3m)
SFC • Solid Flanged Cover
VFC • Ventilated Flanged Cover
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Prefix
* For SHW covers, maximum lengths are 72" and 1500 mm.
Fitting Covers
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(ALUW12)SNCHB9024
Material
Prefix
ALUW • Aluminum
SPW•
Pre-Galvanized
SHW • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
Width
06 • (6")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Prefix
Note: Cover mounting hardware sold separately.
182
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VTU
HYR
HYL
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Tee Down
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
* Degree
Radius
30 • (30o)
12 • (12”)
45 • (45 )
24 • (24”)
60 • (60 )
36 • (36”)
o
o
90 • (90o)
* Required for HB & VI only
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Fitting Covers (cont’d)
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(ALUW1812)SNCRT12
ALUW • Aluminum
SPW•
Pre-Galvanized
SHW • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
Width 1
Width 2
06 • (6")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
06 • (6")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Fitting Type
* Radius
• Horizontal Reduce Tee
• Horizontal Expand Tee
• Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce Cross
HSR • Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HLR • Horizontal Left
Reducer
HRR • Horizontal Right
Reducer
12 • (12”)
Cover Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged Cover
Prefix
RT
ET
EX
24 • (24”)
36 • (36”)
* Radius not
required for
HSR, HLR, HRR
One Piece
Accessories
Material
Prefix
Fitting Cover Number Selection
(ALUW412)SNCVO9024
Material
Prefix
Siderail
Height
ALUW • Aluminum
2 • (2")
3 • (3-5/8")
6 • (6")
SPW•
Pre-Galvanized
SHW • Hot Dip Galvanized
after fabrication
SSW • Stainless Steel 316
Prefix
Width
06 • (6")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Cover
Type
SNC •
Solid Non-Flanged
Cover
SFC •
Solid Flanged
Cover
VFC •
Ventilated Flanged
Cover
Fitting Type
VO
• Vertical
Outside
Bend
VTD • Vertical
Tee Down
*Degree
Radius
30 • (30 )
12 • (12”)
45 • (45 )
24 • (24”)
60 • (60o)
36 • (36”)
o
o
90 • (90 )
o
* Required for VO only
Note: Cover mounting hardware sold separately.
183
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Standard Splice Plate
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.
Provided as standard with each
straight and/or fitting.
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SHW
SPW
SSW
Siderail
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-SSP
(Prefix)-3-SSP
(Prefix)-6-SSP
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SHW
SPW
SSW
Siderail
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-ESP
(Prefix)-3-ESP
(Prefix)-6-ESP
Expansion Splice Plate
Allows for a 1” expansion or
contraction of tray system.
Packaged in pairs with
hardware.
Horizontal Adjustable Plate
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
Adjustable hinge plates
provide maximum horizontal
installation flexibility.
Furnished as a kit with
hardware.
184
** Insert width
Siderail
Height
2”
3”
6”
Width
06”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-**-HSP
(Prefix)-3-**-HSP
(Prefix)-6-**-HSP
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Vertical Adjustable Plate
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
Width
06”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-**-VSP
(Prefix)-3-**-VSP
(Prefix)-6-**-VSP
** Insert width
Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SPW
SHW
SSW
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-HCC
(Prefix)-3-HCC
(Prefix)-6-HCC
One Piece
Accessories
Hinged vertical plates provide
maximum flexibility for changes
in elevation.
Furnished as a kit with
hardware.
Height
2”
3”
6”
Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-SCC
(Prefix)-3-SCC
(Prefix)-6-SCC
Rigid indoor cover clamp for
flat and flanged covers.
185
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Horizontal Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips provide a method
of separating cables in tray and
trough systems. Easily installed
using supplied hardware or
Barrier Strip Clamps (sold
separately).
Material
Prefix
Height
Length
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
2”
3”
6”
3m
(Prefix)-2-SB-3
(Prefix)-3-SB-3
(Prefix)-6-SB-3
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
2”
3”
6”
72”
72” barriers are flexible for use
with horizontal fittings.
(Prefix)-2-SBH-72
(Prefix)-3-SBH-72
(Prefix)-6-SBH-72
SBH
SB
NOTE:
Catalogue Number
72” barriers provided with 3 SPW10SCR
3m barriers provided with 6 SPW10SCR
Vertical Barrier Strips
Material
Prefix
Height
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
Inside Bend
Catalogue Number
Outside Bend
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-VIB-(*)-(**)
(Prefix)-3-VIB-(*)-(**)
(Prefix)-6-VIB-(*)-(**)
Prefix-2-VOB-(*)-(**)
Prefix-3-VOB-(*)-(**)
Prefix-6-VOB-(*)-(**)
2”
3”
6”
Angle
90
60
45
30
Radius
12
24
36
(*) Insert Angle (**) Insert Radius
Preformed to fit all standard
steel vertical bends.
Provided with hardware
Barrier Strip Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Barrier Strip Clamps mount
Barrier Strips to Ladder rungs
and Ventilated Trough bottoms.
Complete mounting hardware
supplied.
186
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-BSC
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Reducing Splice Plate
Material
Prefix
Height
ALUW
SPW
SSW
2”
3”
6”
Used in pairs to provide a straight
reduction or used with a Standard
Splice Plate for an offset reduction.
One per package with hardware
`
Width
to Reduce
Catalogue Number
1.5”
3”
4.5”
6”
7.5”
9”
10.5”
12”
13.5
15”
18”
21”
24”
27”
30”
(Prefix)-2-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-3-(*)-RSP
(Prefix)-6-(*)-RSP
Width
Catalogue Number
One Piece
Accessories
(*) Insert width to reduce
Horizontal Tee Branch
Material
Prefix
Height
ALUW
SPUW
SSUW
2”
3”
6”
6”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
(Prefix)-2-(**)-HTB
(Prefix)-3-(**)-HTB
(Prefix)-6-(**)-HTB
(**) Insert width
187
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Closure End Plate
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SPW
SSW
Provides closure for any tray end.
Hardware included.
Height
2”
3”
6”
Width
6”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-**-CEP
(Prefix)-3-**-CEP
(Prefix)-6-**-CEP
** Insert Width
Drop-Out
Material
Prefix
ALUW
SPUW
SSPW
Designed to provide a smooth
radiused surface at any position
on the tray or trough bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached
using hardware provided.
Standard Radius = 4".
Width
6”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-**-DOS
(Prefix)-3-**-DOS
(Prefix)-6-**-DOS
** Insert Width
Standard Hold Down Clamp
Material
Prefix
Designed for most indoor
installations.
Easy to use and install.
Order 3/8” hardware separately
188
Catalogue Number
SPW
SSW
(Prefix)-SHC
SPW
SSW
(Prefix)-SHC-HDW
HDW = Supplied complete with 3/8” hardware.
One Piece
Cable Tray
Accessories and Covers
Combination Hold Down / Expansion Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-CCC
(Prefix)-3-CCC
(Prefix)-6-CCC
Steel Tray Hardware
Description
Wrap around design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.
Hardware included
Material
1/4” Carriage Bolt
3/8” Carriage Bolt
1/4” Hex. Nut
3/8” Hex. Nut
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
3/8” Carriage Bolt
3/8” Hex. Nut
316 Stainless Steel
Hardware Kit
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
Catalogue Number
One Piece
Accessories
Order 3/8” hardware
separately.
SPW-1/4-CB
SPW-3/8-CB
SPW-1/4-HN
SPW-3/8-HN
SSW-3/8-CB
SSW-3/8-HN
SSW-3/8-HWK*
* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers
Combination Hold Down / Cover Clamp
Material
Prefix
SPW
SSW
Siderail
Height
2”
3”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-2-CCC
(Prefix)-3-CCC
(Prefix)-6-CCC
* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers
189
Thomas & Betts
Cable Tray
Cable Rollers
Why should rollers be used?
1. To reduce pulling stress on cables, avoiding undue fatigue or abrasions
2. Minimizes harmful ‘shear’ load being placed on cable trays
3. To reduce installation time
Why purchase the T&B Cable Roller System?
•
•
•
•
•
Universal — fits virtually all tray systems
Mounts from bottom of cable tray, eliminating the need for double handling cables and reducing possibility of cable
damage
Sideways telescopic adjustment allows rollers to accommodate virtually all tray widths
Nylon bearings require no lubrication
Independent rollers limit cable abrasion
Straight Roller
Catalogue
Number
HAR 1224
HAR 1836
Description
Straight
Straight
Fits
all profiles
12” to 24” (30 cm to 60 cm)
all profiles
18” to 36” (45 cm to 90 cm)
Corner Roller
Catalogue
Number
VHR04
192
Description
Corner
Fits
all profiles
Custom Maple
Hardwood Block
Thomas & Betts
Cable Tray
Custom Maple Hardwood Block
Cable blocks are to insure proper separation of single conductor cables, which prevents any interference due to
magnetic fields. The maple hardwood blocks are paraffin wax impregnated to prevent moisture from penetrating and
causing rotting and splitting.
Common
Accessories
Maple hardwood, paraffin wax impregnated, multiple cable blocks can be made to your specific requirements.
Cable blocks are also available in nylon and high density polyethylene.
Price and delivery upon request.
Electrogalvanized hardware included, however stainless steel hardware is also available upon request.
193
Thomas & Betts
Cable Tray
Cable Tray
Support Systems
Hanger Rod Clamp
These clamps are designed for ladder
and ventilated cable tray. They provide a
fast and economical solution for a
suspended cable tray installation. One kit
is needed per each threaded rod
location.
Kit consists of:
Material
Prefix
PGW
HGW
SGW
- one bottom clamp
- one top clamp
Height
3”
4”
5”
6”
7”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-3-HRC
(Prefix)-4-HRC
(Prefix)-5-HRC
(Prefix)-6-HRC
(Prefix)-7-HRC
Uses 1/2" threaded rod
(order separately) / 250 lb
capacity per kit.
Tray Series
Catalogue no.
Tray Series
Catalogue no.
Tray Series
Catalogue no.
AH04
AH14
AH24
AH34
AH44
AH54
ABW04HRC
ABW14HRC
ABW24HRC
ABW34HRC
ABW44HRC
ABW54HRC
AH25
AH35
AH45
AH16
AH26
AH36
ABW25HRC
ABW35HRC
ABW45HRC
ABW16HRC
ABW26HRC
ABW36HRC
AH46
AH56
AH66
AH27
AH37
ABW46HRC
ABW56HRC
ABW66HRC
ABW27HRC
ABW37HRC
Center Support Bracket
Material
SHW
Hot-Dip
Galvanized
Channel
Width
18”
30”
Tray
Width
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
Catalogue Number
SHW18CSB
SHW30CSB
This system is designed to reduce cable pulling by allowing
access from both sides of cable tray. Installation cost and
time are reduced significantly by single point suspension.
• Supplied as a complete kit.
• Uses 1/2’’ threaded rod (order separately)
• For use with up to 24’’ wide tray
• Load capacity : 700 lb per kit
Trapeze Kit
This system is
designed to support
various cable tray
widths in a
suspending
installation
Kit consists of :
1 pc of strut cut to length
4 3/8’’ strut nuts
2 hold down clips
4 1/2’’ hex nuts
2 3/8’’ x 7/8’’ hex head cap screws
4 1/2’’ square washers
Uses 1/2’’ threaded rod (order separately)
194
Tray
Width
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”
Channel
Width
16-7/8”
18-3/4”
22-1/2”
28-1/8”
35-5/8”
41-1/4”
46-7/8”
52-1/2”
(*) Insert : SHW for hot dip galvanized
SSW for stainless steel 316
SPW for pre-galvanized
Catalogue Number
(*)-06-TPK
(*)-09-TPK
(*)-12-TPK
(*)-18-TPK
(*)-24-TPK
(*)-30-TPK
(*)-36-TPK
(*)-42-TPK
Thomas & Betts
Cable Tray
Cable Tray
Support Systems
Cross Member
Hanging rods not included.
Catalogue Number
A
B
C
S202-6HDG
S202-9HDG
S202-15HDG
S202-21HDG
S202-27HDG
S202-33HDG
6
9
5
21
27
33
5
8
14
20
26
32
2
8
14
20
26
A
B
Design
Load/lbs
8-1/2
14-1/2
20-1/2
26-1/2
32-1/2
38-1/2
4-1/16
5-3/8
6-11/16
8
8
8
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
* Order hold down clips separately. Cat # SSW-SHC
Standard finish:
hot dipped galvanized
Cantilever Support
Catalogue Number
S203-8HDG
S203-14HDG
S203-20HDG
S203-26HDG
S203-32HDG
S203-38HDG
Standard finish:
hot dipped galvanized
* Order hold down clips separately. Cat # SSW-SHC
Catalogue Number
6210
6212
Conduit Size
(inches)
1/2 — 3/4
1 — 1-1-/4
Common
Accessories
Conduit to Cable Tray Clamp
Material:
steel
Standard finish:
electro-galvanized
Conduit to Cable Tray - Swivel Clamp
Catalogue Number
Material:
malleable iron hub
and steel U-bolt
Standard finish:
zinc plated
6209
6211
6214
6216
6218
Conduit Size
(inches)
1/2 — 3/4
1 — 1-1-/4
1-1/2 — 2
2-1/2 — 3
3-1/2 — 4
Swivel Tray Clamp for aluminum and steel trays with regular or
reinforced flanges.
-
Serrations and biting teeth on clamping saddle provide a high
quality bond between conduit and clamp.
1/2 to 4 inch can be clamped to any position in a
90 degree arc.
195
Grounding and
Bounding
Products
Grounding
Cable Tray
Economical Cable Tray Ground Clamp
Catalogue Number
Description
10103TB
For single conductor #4 solid to 4/0 str.
MA2GC
For single conductors #4 solid to 4/0 str.
Includes Superstrut springless channel nut
for easy installation in cable tray rungs.
Catalogue Number
Description
10105
10109
For single conductors #4 solid to 2/0 str.
For single conductors 2/0 solid to 4/0 str.
Material:
malleable iron
Standard finish:
zinc plated
Cable Tray Ground Clamp
Material:
malleable iron
Standard finish:
zinc plated
Showing Cat. No. 10109
Blackburn® Ground Clamp
Material:
copper alloy
Standard finish:
tin plated for
aluminum cable tray
Catalogue Number
Conductor Range
Min.
Max.
GTC13P
GTC14P
GTC23P
GTC24P
#4 sol.
2/0 str.
#4 sol.
2/0 str.
2/0 str.
250 Kcmil
2/0 str.
250 Kcmil
Figure 2
Castings are of high strength, corrosion-resistant copper alloy.
198
1
1
2
2
Bolt has square shank to prevent turning and allow clamp to be tightened with
one wrench.
Figure 1
For our complete offering of Grounding & Bonding products,
consult our Blackburn® and Color-Keyed® catalogues.
Figure
Grounding and
Bonding
Products
Grounding and Bonding
Cable Tray
Blackburn® Cable Tray Ground Clamp
Catalogue Number
Description
CTG250
For parallel or tapping applications
#2 solid to 250 Kcmil.
Material:
copper alloy
Standard finish:
zinc plated
Blackburn® Lay-in Lug
Conductor Range
Catalogue Number Min.
Max.
Stud Size
(in.)
(mm2)
LL306
LL2506
.33
.33
#6 solid
#6 str.
3/0 str.
250 Kcmil
8.38
8.38
These grounding connectors are dual rated for aluminum and copper conductors.
The opened face design allows the installer to quickly lay-in the grounding
conductor as a jumper.
Material: Tin Plated
high strength 6061-T6
aluminum alloy
Catalogue
Bonding
Single
Number
Amp. Capacity Bolt Hole
FBD12-1 *
600 Amps.
7/16
FBD16-1 *
600 Amps.
7/16
FBE12-1 *
1200 Amps.
9/16
FBE16-1 *
1200 Amps.
9/16
FB3H12-1 *
2000 Amps.
9/16
FB3H16-1 *
2000 Amps.
9/16
Description
12” flat flexible braid
16” flat flexible braid
12” flat flexible braid
16” flat flexible braid
12” flat flexible braid
16” flat flexible braid
Grounding and
Bonding
Bonding Jumpers
*Listed UL 467 & 486A, certified CSA C22.2 No. 41 for grounding &
bonding equipment. Standard lengths offered in 12, 18, 24, 30 and 36 inches end
to end.
Example : FBD24-1 for a 24’’ long bonding jumpers
Custom braids are available
IMPORTANT: Bonding Jumpers are required for expansion joints as well as
adjustable joints. Please note due to the overall length of the expansion plate
a 12” long bonding jumper is no longer sufficent to span the joint properly.
Material: copper
Standard finish: tin plated
For our complete offering of Grounding & Bonding products,
consult our Blackburn® and Color-Keyed® catalogues.
199
Grounding and
Bounding
Products
Grounding
Cable Tray
Grounding & Bonding
Table 1
(NEC TABLE 392.7 (B))
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors
Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Table 2
Minimum Size Equipment Grounding
Conductors for Grounding &
Bonding Raceway and Equipment
(Based on NEC Table 250-95 and CEC Table 16)
Rating or Setting of Automatic
Copper
Overcurrent Device in Circuit
Wire No.
Size
Aluminum or
Copper-Clad
Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of
Ahead of Equipment, Conduit,
Aluminum
Metal* In Square Inches
etc. Not exceeding (Amperes)
Wire No.*
Setting for Ground Fault
Protection of any Cable Circuit
Steel
Aluminum
15
14
12
in the Cable Tray System
Cable Trays
Cable Trays
20
12
10
30
10
8
40
10
8
60
0.20
0.20
100
0.40
0.20
200
0.70
0.20
400
1.00
0.40
600
1.50 **
0.40
1000
-
0.60
1200
-
1.00
1600
-
1.50
2000
-
2.00 **
For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type
cable trays: or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channeltype cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction.
60
10
8
100
8
6
200
6
4
300
4
2
400
3
1
500
2
1/0
600
1
2/0
800
1/0
3/0
1000
2/0
4/0
1200
3/0
250 kcmil
1600
4/0
350 kcmil
2000
250 kcmil
400 kcmil
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes.
Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000
amperes.
2500
350 kcmil
600 kcmil
3000
400 kcmil
600 kcmil
4000
500 kcmil
800 kcmil
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be
used.
5000
700 kcmil
1200 kcmil
6000
800 kcmil
1200 kcmil
* See installation restrictions in NEC Section 250-92(a).
For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray, refer to Section 4.7 of
the new NEMA VE 2-2006 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.
For our complete offering of Grounding & Bonding products,
consult our Blackburn® and Color-Keyed® catalogues.
200
Superstrut®
Support Systems
1-5/8” x 1-5/8 Channel
Superstrut® 1-5/8” x 1-5/8”
- 12 Gauge Channel Type A
Solid Base
Punched
Half Slots
Long Slots
1-7/8"
Catalogue Number
A1200
A1200-P
A1200-HS
A1200-S
A1200-KO
A1202
Description
Solid base
Punched
Half slots
Long slots
Knockouts
Back to back
Example: A1200HS10ALC, A120020HDGC
Finishes & Materials
4"
2"
Knockouts
Back to Back
No Suffix
Gold galvanized dichromate finish
ALC
Aluminum
EG
Electrogalvanized
HDGC
Hot dipped galvanized
PGC
Pregalvanized
T316L
Stainless steel Type 316
- Offered in 10 or 20 ft lengths.
- Aluminum, hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel channels are
recommended to support aluminum steel or stainless steel cable tray.
6"
Channel Nuts
A100
Regular Spring Nut
AC100
Springless Nut
UC100
Universal Nylon Cone Nut
Catalogue Number
Size
A100-1/4EGC
1/4
Standard Finish:
A100-5/16EGC
5/16
Electrogalvanized
A100-3/8EGC
3/8
A100-1/2EGC
1/2
Stainless steel channel nuts are
A100-5/8EGC
5/8 recommended for aluminum channel
A100-3/4
3/4
and cable tray rungs.
A100-7/8EGC
7/8
Change suffix to SS6(C).
Nut is square over 1/2” size.
AC100-1/4EGC
AC100-3/8EGC
AC100-1/2EGC
AC100-5/8
AC100-3/4
Nut is square over 1/2” size.
UC100-1/4
UC100-3/8
UC100-1/2
Standard Finish:
1/4
Electrogalvanized
3/8
1/2
Stainless steel channel nuts are
5/8 recommended for aluminum channel
3/4
and cable tray rungs.
Change suffix to SS6(C).
1/4
3/8
1/2
Not available in stainless steel.
For all 1-5/8” and 1-1/2” channels
May be used with ALL Strut Depths.
Hex. Head Cap Screw
Catalogue Number
E142-1/4x100EG
E142-1/4x150EG
E142-3/8x100EG
E142-3/8x150EG
E142-1/2x100EG
E142-1/2x150EG
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
204
Size
1/4 x 1
1/4 x 1-1/2
3/8 x 1
3/8 x 1-1/2
1/2 x 1
1/2 x 1-1/2
Standard finish
Electrogalvanized
Available in stainless steel
Change suffix to SS6(C)
Superstrut®
Support Systems
1-5/8” x 1-5/8 Channel
Superstrut® Fittings and Brackets
AB241HDGC
AB206HDGC
AB207HDGC
X207HDGC
AB201HDGC
AB202HDGC
AB203HDGC
AB204HDGC
AB205HDGC
AB213HDGC
AB214HDGC
AB254-LHDGC
AB254-RHDGC
X289HDGC
AP232HDG
AP235HDGC
Hole Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
S249HDG
Cat. No.
S249-8HDG
S249-14HDG
S249-20HDG
S249-26HDG
S249-32HDG
S249-38HDG
S256HDGC
Design
A
B Load/lb
8-1/2
8
1500
14-1/2
9
1500
20-1/2
9
1500
26-1/2 11-1/2 1500
32-1/2 11-1/2 1500
38-1/2 11-1/2 1500
S251HDGC
Cat. No.
A
S256-8HDGC
8-1/2
S256-14HDGC 14-1/2
S256-20HDGC 20-1/2
S256-26HDGC 26-1/2
Design
Load/lb
1000
500
300
250
When installed in inverted position reduce load
rating 40%. Strut section made from half slot channel.
Cat. No.
S251-14HDGC
S251-20HDGC
S251-26HDGC
S251-32HDGC
S251-38HDGC
A
14-1/2
20-1/2
26-1/2
32-1/2
38-1/2
Design
Load/lb
1650
800
650
500
500
Superstrut®
Cat. No.
AB241-1/4HDGC
AB241-3/8HDGC
AB241-1/2HDGC
AB241-3/4HDGC
Hot dipped galvanized HDG(C) or stainless steel SS6(C) fittings are recommended to assemble aluminum channel.
Also available in Electrogalvanized (EG) and Gold galvanized dichromate (no suffix).
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
Standard Dimensions: Hole Spacing 13/16” from end
Hole Size 9/16” dia.
Hole Spacing 1-7/8” centers
Fitting width 1-5/8”
205
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Quick-Clamp II (TBQC)
Quik-Clamp II
True one-piece construction — arrives ready to install
NO breaking apart — half the installation time of break apart clamps
Integral bolt and captive nut — no separate pieces to lose
One size fits EMT and rigid conduit — takes the guesswork out of
clamp selection. Pipe size and catalogue number stamped right on
clamp.
Attaches a complete range of EMT and rigid conduit (1/2 in. to 4 in.) to
strut channels
Multi-driver combo bolt head — accepts a wrench, most screwdrivers
or 1/2 in. nut driver
Field-adjustable angle (± 4°) — easy installation even when strut is not square
Embossed J-hooks increase loading capabilities
T&B flex window provides wrapping action around pipes
Easy reconfiguration without complete disassembly — easily accessible angled bolt allows for field adjustments and
closer conduit spacing
Electrogalvanized finish — additional corrosion resistance
Ordering information
Loading Data
Design Load 3
Design Load 2
Design Load 1
A
Catalogue
Number
Dimension A
for EMT
inches (mm)
TBQC050 1-5/16 (33.5)
TBQC075 1-3/4 (44.5)
TBQC100 1-13/16 (46)
TBQC125
2-1/8 (54)
TBQC150 2-3/8 (60.5)
TBQC200 2-5/8 (66.5)
TBQC250
3-1/16 (78)
TBQC300 3-11/16 (93.5)
TBQC350 4-3/16 (106.5)
TBQC400 4-11/16 (119)
Dimension A
for Rigid Conduit Quantity
inches (mm)
per Box
1-1/4 (31.5)
1-11/16 (43)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (51)
2-3/16 (55.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
3-1/16 (78)
3-11/16 (93.5)
4-3/16 (106.5)
4-11/16 (119)
100
100
100
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
Catalogue
Number
Design Load 1
Static Load Limit
lb (kg)
TBQC050
TBQC075
TBQC100
TBQC125
TBQC150
TBQC200
TBQC250
TBQC300
TBQC350
TBQC400
200 (90)
200 (90)
200 (90)
200 (90)
200 (90)
200 (90)
350 (158)
350 (158)
350 (158)
350 (158)
Design Load
2
lb (kg)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
Design Load
3
lb (kg)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
Design Load 1 has a safety factor of 4. Design Loads 2 and 3 have a safety
factor of 1.
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
206
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Cobra Cable and
Pipe Clamp (CPC)
Cobra
Clear markings on each clamp identify the catalogue number,
min./max. outer cable diameters, EMT/Rigid trade sizes, CSA
and UL stamps.
One size clamp works on equal trade sizes for both EMT and
rigid conduit.
Works with all depths of strut - 13/16” to 3-1/4”.
Two hooks on the same side make the clamp easy to install
and keep conduits and cable square with strut.
Rugged stirrup and wide saddle design holds securely with no
damage to conduit or cable.
Suggested design load is 200 lb (1/2” to 2”); 350lb (2-1/2” to
4”). Safety factor 4:1 (safety factor = ratio of ultimate load to the
design load).
Heavy-duty 5/16” hex bolt with multi-driver head (Robertson
square, Phillips cross-recess and slot) provides full range of
installation options. Virtually any tool will work!
Bright zinc finish - clamps are electogalvanized after fabrication
for additional durability.
Catalogue
No
For EMT
Trade Size
For Rigid Conduit
Trade Size
CPC050
CPC075
CPC100
CPC125
CPC150
CPC200
CPC250
CPC300
CPC350
CPC400
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
Cable O.D.
Range (in.)
0.650
0.860
1.100
1.400
1.690
1.980
2.576
3.060
3.626
4.126
-
0.890
1.110
1.400
1.725
1.980
2.576
3.060
3.626
4.126
4.626
Static Load Limit (lb)
Safety Factor = 4
Quantity
per Box
200
200
200
200
200
200
350
350
350
350
100
100
100
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
Superstrut®
Ordering information
Standard material is commercial-grade, bright electrogalvanized steel. Stainless steel 316L is also available; add
the suffix “SS6” to catalogue no. (i.e.: CPC050SS6). Stainless steel bolt head is hexagonal and slotted only. Not
available in aluminum.
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
207
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Cobra Cable and
Pipe Clamp (KCPC)
King-Cobra
Superior design load capabilities for industrial applications:350 lb for
1/2” to 2” trade sizes; 450 lb for 2-1/2” to 4” trade sizes.
• Durable one-piece, heavy-duty steel construction – designed
specifically for use in industrial applications.
• Embosses on shoulder and hooks increase loading capability and
durability, preventing deformation of clamps.
• Rugged stirrup provides increased strength for heavier loads,
minimizing deflection.
• Wider saddle design with anti-rotation tabs distributes load evenly
over a larger surface area, preventing jacket damage.
• Increased corrosion protection - GoldGalv® (yellow zinc dichromate)
finish stands up to harsh industrial applications.* Compared to
conventional electrogalvanization.
• Parallel hook design keeps conduit and cable square with strut.
• Heavy-duty 5/16” hex bolt
• One size clamp works on equal trade sizes for both EMT and rigid
conduit, simplifying clamp specification.
Loading Data
Ordering information
Catalogue
Number
For EMT
For Rigid Conduit
Trade Size
Trade Size
inches (mm)
inches (mm)
Cable
Range (in.)
Quantity
per Box
0.650-0.890
0.860-1.110
1.100-1.400
1.400-1.725
1.690-1.980
1.980-2.576
2.576-3.060
3.060-3.626
3.626-4.126
4.126-4.626
100
100
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
Catalogue
Number
Design Load 1
Static Load Limit
lb (kg)
Design Load
2
lb (kg)
Design Load
3
lb (kg)
Safety Factor = 4
KCPC050
KCPC075
KCPC100
KCPC125
KCPC150
KCPC200
KCPC250
KCPC300
KCPC350
KCPC400
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
KCPC050
KCPC075
KCPC100
KCPC125
KCPC150
KCPC200
KCPC250
KCPC300
KCPC350
KCPC400
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
450
450
450
(159)
(159)
(159)
(159)
(159)
(159)
(159)
(204)
(204)
(204)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
Design Load 2
Design Load 3
Design Load 1
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
208
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Beam Clamps
and Hanger Rods
Superstrut® Beam Clamps and Hanger Rods
U562HDG
UM562HDGC
Rod
Size
1/2
Rod
Size
1/2
Design Load
Load/lb
800
E146 Square nut order separately.
1/2” set screw included.
E146 Square nut order separately.
1/2” set screw included.
For 20o swivel application use
ES145-1/2 nut.
E146
US562HDGC
Design Load
Load/lb
1200
For 20o swivel application use
ES145-1/2 nut.
E146
U568
Rod
Size
1/2
Cat. no.
U568-3EG
U568-4EG
U568-5EG
Design Load
Load/lb
800
1/2” set screw included.
U514HDGC
U515HDGC
For all “A” series channel.
1/2” x 1-1/2” set screw included.
Design Load 750 lb/per pair
Design Load 800 lb
H104
A
9
12
15
16 ga. material
ES145
3/8” x 1-1/2” set screw
included.
Beam
Flange
Width
6
9
12
Cat. No.
ES145-3/8EG
ES145-1/2EG
E146
Size
3/8
1/2
Cat. No.
E146-1/4EG
E146-5/16EG
E146-3/8EG
E146-1/2EG
E146-5/8EG
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
H119
Standard length, 10 ft
NATIONAL COARSE THREAD
Cat. No.
H104-1/4x10EGC
H104-3/8x10EGC
H104-1/2x10EGC
H104-5/8x10EGC
H104-3/4x10EGC
H104-7/8x10EGC
H104-1x10EGC
Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
Threads
per inch
20
16
13
11
10
9
8
Design Load
lb
150
610
1130
1810
2710
3770
4960
Order by product number, rod size, and finish. Example: H119-1/2EGC
Rod
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
A
7/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/4
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-1/4
Superstrut®
Also available in stainless steel (304 and 316) in length of 6 ft
Finished & Materials: Gold Galv. dichromate (no suffix), Electrogalvanized (EG), Hot dipped Galvanized (HDGC), Stainless Steel Type 316 (SS6C)
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
209
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Example: 1
Design Applications
Mechanical Support
Example: 2
A302 CONCRETE INSERT
A302 CONCRETE INSERT
AB201 90° ANGLE
E142-1/2 x 100 HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
S256-12 BRACKET
a
S203-14 BRACKET
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
60°
a
E142-1/2 x 100 HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
E142-1/2“ x 100 HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
AB201 90° ANGLE
A1202
CHANNEL
30°
a
AB239-2
BRACE
A1200
CHANNEL
a
A1202
CHANNEL
S249-20 BRACKET
Suspended column, carrying brackets,
braced to the ceiling.
Example: 3
A1202
CHANNEL
AB227
45° ANGLE
a= E142-1/2” x 100
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
Suspended column, holding bracket and
console braced to wall.
Example: 4
U568
SAFETY
STRAP
U562
H.D. BEAM CLAMP
AB241-1/2
SQ. WASHER
US562
H.D. BEAM CLAMP
H104-1/2
HANGER ROD
E145-1/2
HEX. NUT
E146-1/2
HEX. NUT
A1200
CHANNEL
A1200
CHANNEL
AB202-21
CROSS MEMBER
H104-1/2
HANGER ROD
A1200
CHANNEL
Sketch depicts the use of beam clamps
on slanted beams.
Trapeze, T&B channels are used
as cross members.
Example: 6
Example: 5
E142-1/2 x 100
HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
H104-1/2
HANGER ROD
A302
CONCRETE
INSERT
AB241-1/2
SQUARE WASHER
AB201 90° ANGLE
E145-1/2
HEX. NUT
A1202
CHANNEL
A1200
CHANNEL
H119-1/2
ROD COUPLING
H119-1/2
ROD COUPLING
Trapeze, constructed from T&B
channels, fittings.
The use of spot inserts is shown.
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
210
Trapeze, using T&B hanger rods,
cross members.
A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT
Superstrut®
Support Systems
Design Applications
Mechanical Support
Example: 8
Example: 7
3-1/2“
MIN.
A100-1/2
SPRING NUT
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
U514
CLAMP
BRACKET
5-3/4“
MIN.
U514
CLAMP
BRACKET
X289
CORNER FITTING
A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT
A1200
CHANNEL
A1200
CHANNEL
AB213
90° ANGLE
SUPPORT FITTING
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H.BOLT
S256-18
CHANNEL
BRACKET
S256
CHANNEL
BRACKET
A1200 CHANNEL
* NOTE: BRACE SHOULD BE USED FOR LENGTHS
GREATER THEN 30”
Single-sided bracket application
Single-sided bracket application
Example: 10
Example: 9
A597
BEAM CLAMP
BRACKET
A100-1/2
SPRING NUT
AB254L-LHDG
CORNER FITTING
90° INS. LEFT
A597
BEAM CLAMP
BRACKET
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
A1200
CHANNEL
AB254-L
CORNER FITTING
90° INS. LEFT
A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT
60°
AB205
90° ANGLE
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
A1202 CHANNEL
S249-20
BRACKET
E142 1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
A1200
CHANNEL
S249-20
BRACKET
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
Two-sided heavy duty application
30°
AB239-2
BRACE
A1200
CHANNEL
Heavy duty bracket application
Example: 11
Example: 12
A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT
X289
CORNER FITTING
U514
CLAMP
BRACKET
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
A1202
CHANNEL
A1202
X289
CORNER FITTING
A100-1/2C
SPRING
NUT
Superstrut®
U514-AHDG
CLAMP
BRACKET
A1200-PG
CHANNEL
AB201-HDG
90° ANGLE
SUPPORT FITTING
E142-1/2 X 100EG
HEX.H. BOLT
S203-20HDG
BRACKET
S203-20
BRACKET
A1202-PG
CHANNEL
Brackets parallel to beam
Brackets perpendicular to beam
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut® catalogue.
211
Channel Tray
Selection Process
In order to ensure that your Channel Tray installation will meet your present and future needs, a sequence of decisions
must be made. These decisions are relatively simple and can be condensed down to 4 steps.
1.
Material Choice
•
•
•
•
•
•
2.
Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dipped
Stainless Steel
Coatings
Other
Type of Tray Bottom
• Ventilated
• Solid
3.
T&B Channel Tray Width
•
•
•
•
4.
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Fittings Selection
• Horizontal bends (90°, 60°, 45° and 30°)
• Horizontal Tees and Crosses
• Vertical bends (90°, 60°, 45° and 30°)
Each step is explained in detail on the following pages.
214
Channel Tray
Selection Process
1. Material Choice
T&B Channel Tray systems are fabricated from a corrosion-resistant metal (low-carbon steel, stainless steel or an
aluminum alloy) or from a metal with a corrosion-resistant finish (zinc or epoxy). The choice of material for any
particular installation depends on the installation environment (corrosion and electrical considerations) and cost.
Please refer to the technical section (pages 4 to 41) for further explanation.
2. Type of Channel Tray Bottom
Cable Channel
Thomas & Betts offers cable channel in solid or ventilated straight sections.
Ventilated channel has burr free oblong punched holes for easy access.
Ty-Rap® slots are provided between each opening for securing of cable.
Thomas & Betts channel tray meets NEMA VE-1 / CSA C22.22 NO 126.1-02
Ventilated Channel
Note: Hole pattern shown is for widths larger
then 1.5” wide.
Channel Tray
Solid Channel
215
Channel Tray
Selection Process
3. Select Channel Tray Width
The width of a channel tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the cables in the tray. Available
nominal widths are 1.5, 3, 4 and 6 inches.
When specifying width, cable ties or other spacing devices may be used to maintain the required air space between
cables.
4. Select the Fittings
Fittings are used to change the size or direction of the channel tray. The most important decision to be made in fitting
design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or vertical, can be zero (non-radius), 12”, 24” or
greater on a custom basis. The selection requires a compromise with the considerations being available space,
minimum bending radius of cables, ease of cable pulling, and cost. The typical radius is 24 inches.
Fittings are also available for 30°, 45°, 60° and 90° angles. When a standard angle will not work, field fittings or
adjustable elbows can be used. It may be necessary to add supports to the tray at these points.
Refer to CSA/NEMA VE2 Installation Guidelines for suggested support locations.
216
Channel Tray
Straight Sections
Part Number Selection Guide
How to create Straight Section part numbers
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select the material
Select nominal width of tray
Select the bottom type
The last number is the length of the channel tray
Example: ALTC04V-3
- Aluminum
- 4” wide
- Ventilated bottom
- 10 ft length
Ventilated Channel
Solid Channel
Straight Section Number Selection
( A LT ) C 0 4 V- 3
Material
AL • Aluminum
Series
Type
Length
*01 • (1.5”)
S • Solid Trough
3 • (10 ft)
03 • (3”)
V • Ventilated Trough
144 • (12 ft)
SH • Hot Dip
Galvanized
04 • (4”)
SS • 316 Stainless
Steel
06 • (6”)
*1.5” wide
is not CSA
Prefix
218
Bottom Style
SP • Pre-galvanized
T • Cable Channel
C • Straight Section
Width
288 • (24 ft)
Channel Tray
Fittings
Part Number Selection Guide
How to create fitting part numbers
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
fitting material
nominal width of fitting
type of fitting
degree of angle if required
radius
Example: ALTF04SHB4512
- Aluminum
- 4” wide
- Horizontal bend
- 45° degree
- 12” radius
Horizontal Cross
90o Horixontal Bend
Fittings Number Selection
( A LT ) F 0 4 S H B 4 5 1 2
Fitting
Material
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-galvanized
Series
T • Cable
Channel
Type
F•
Fitting
Width
*01 • (1.5”)
03 • (3”)
SH • Hot Dip
Galvanized
04 • (4”)
SS • 316 Stainless
Steel
06 • (6”)
*1.5” wide
is not CSA
Bottom
Style
S • Solid
Trough
Fitting
Type
Degree*
Radius
HB • Horizontal
Bend
30 • 30°
12 • 12”
HT • Horizontal Tee
45 • 45°
24 • 24”
60 • 60°
0 • Zero†
radius
HX • Horizontal
Cross
90 • 90°
VO • Vertical
Outside Bend
VI • Vertical Inside
Bend
Contact
your local
sales
office for
availability
Prefix
Channel Tray
†
*Required for HB, VI & VO only
219
Channel Tray
Straight Sections
Solid and Ventilated bottom
Solid: Steel - Roll Formed Steel. Aluminum - Extruded material.
*1.5” wide is not CSA
Ventilated: Pre-punched burr free oblong holes with Ty-Rap® slots between each opening.
Accessories: One connector complete with hardware supplied with each length.
Material:
Aluminum-6063-T6
Pre-galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized
316 Stainless Steel
ALUMINUM
SOLID
ALTC
ALUMINUM
VENTILATED
ALTC
STEEL
SOLID
SPTC
SHTC
SSTC
STEEL
VENTILATED
SPTC
SHTC
SSTC
220
CHANNEL
WIDTH (W)
D
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
DEPTH (D)
2
4
6
8
10
162.5
0.292
40.6
0.584
18
0.875
10.1
1.163
6.5
1.338
1.5”
3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
3”
1-3/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
362.5
0.083
90.6
0.330
40.3
0.743
22.7
1.322
17.0
2.065
4”
1-5/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
580.0
0.065
145.0
0.260
64.4
0.585
36.3
1.041
24.0
1.626
6”
1-3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
607.5
0.061
151.9
0.244
67.5
0.550
38.0
0.977
25.0
1.527
CHANNEL
WIDTH (W)
DEPTH (D)
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
2
4
6
8
10
162.5
0.292
40.6
0.584
18
0.875
10.1
1.163
6.5
1.338
1.5”
3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
3”
1-3/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
300.0
0.100
75.0
0.400
33.3
0.900
18.8
1.600
14.0
2.500
4”
1-5/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
525.0
0.074
131.3
0.295
58.3
0.664
32.8
1.181
19.0
1.846
6”
1-3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
580.0
0.065
145.0
0.261
64.4
0.587
36.3
1.044
21.0
1.631
CHANNEL
WIDTH (W)
DEPTH (D)
2
4
6
8
10
162.5
0.234
40.6
0.468
18
0.7
10.1
1.658
6.5
1.17
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
1.5”
3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
3”
1-3/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
252.0
0.034
63.0
0.134
28.0
0.302
15.8
0.538
17.0
0.840
4”
1-5/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
408.0
0.026
102.0
0.105
45.3
0.237
25.5
0.421
24.0
0.658
6”
1-3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
432.0
0.024
108.0
0.096
48.0
0.217
27.0
0.386
25.0
0.603
CHANNEL
WIDTH (W)
DEPTH (D)
2
4
6
8
10
162.5
0.234
40.6
0.468
18
0.7
10.1
1.658
6.5
1.17
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
1.5”
3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
3”
1-3/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
207.0
0.041
51.8
0.163
23.0
0.366
12.9
0.652
14.0
1.018
4”
1-5/8”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
363.0
0.030
90.8
0.119
40.3
0.269
22.7
0.477
19.0
0.746
6”
1-3/4”
Load (lb/ft)
Deflection (in.)
405.0
0.027
101.3
0.106
45.0
0.239
25.3
0.425
21.0
0.664
Channel Tray
Straight Sections
Solid and Ventilated
Vented style offered in
1.5” wide only
Vented style offered in
3”, 4”, 6” wide only
Solid offered in all widths
L
0.188” x 0.152” Slots
Connector Holes
W
2.175”
2.175”
4”
4”
Bottom view of ventilated Channel Tray larger the 1.5” wide
Part Numbering System
Material
Bottom
Type
Width
Series
Length
Style
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.)
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: *01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: V– Ventilated, S– Solid
Channel Tray
ALT C 04 V-3
Dimension / Information
*1.5” wide is not CSA
221
Channel Tray
Horizontal Bends - 90o
90° Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
ALT F 06 S HB 90 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
90o Horizontal BEND
Radius (in.)
R
Width (in.)
W
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB90-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB90-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB90-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB90-12
15-3/4
16-1/2
17
18
15-3/4
16-1/2
17
18
15-3/4
16-1/2
17
18
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB90-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB90-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB90-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB90-24
27-3/4
28-1/2
29
30
27-3/4
28-1/2
29
30
27-3/4
28-1/2
29
30
*1.5” wide is not CSA
222
Channel Tray
Horizontal Bends - 60
o
60° Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
SPT F 03 S HB 60 24
Fitting
Type
Width
Material
Fitting
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
60o Horizontal BEND
R
Width (in.)
W
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB60-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB60-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB60-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB60-12
15-1/2
16-3/16
16-5/8
17-1/2
9
9-3/8
9-5/8
10-1/8
10-1/4
10-13/16
11-1/16
11-11/16
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB60-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB60-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB60-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB60-24
26
26-9/16
27
27-7/8
15
15-3/8
15-5/8
16-1/8
17-1/4
17-3/4
18
18-9/16
*1.5” wide is not CSA
Channel Tray
Radius (in.)
223
Channel Tray
Horizontal Bends - 45o
45° Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
SPT F 03 S HB 45 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
45o Horizontal BEND
Radius (in.)
R
Width (in.)
W
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB45-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB45-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB45-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB45-12
14-1/8
14-11/16
15
15-3/4
5-7/8
6-1/16
6-1/4
6-1/2
8-1/4
8-9/16
8-13/16
9-3/16
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB45-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB45-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB45-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB45-24
22-5/8
23-1/8
23-1/2
24-3/16
9-3/8
9-9/16
9-3/4
10
13-1/4
13-9/16
13-3/4
14-3/16
*1.5” wide is not CSA
224
Channel Tray
Horizontal Bends - 30
o
30° Horizontal Bend
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
ALT F 06 S HB 30 24
Fitting
Type
Width
Material
Fitting
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
30o Horizontal BEND
Width (in.)
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB30-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB30-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB30-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB30-12
12
12-3/8
12-5/8
13-1/8
3-1/4
3-5/16
3-3/8
3-1/2
6-1/2
6-5/8
6-3/4
7
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HB30-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HB30-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HB30-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HB30-24
18
18-3/8
18-5/8
19-1/8
4-3/4
4-15/16
5
5-1/8
9-5/8
9-13/16
9-15/16
10-1/4
R
W
*1.5” wide is not CSA
Channel Tray
Radius (in.)
225
Channel Tray
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Tee
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
SST F 04 S HT 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Radius
Bottom
Style
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
Horizontal Tee
Radius (in.)
R
Width (in.)
W
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HT-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HT-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HT-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HT-12
15-3/4
16-1/2
17
18
31-1/2
33
34
36
-
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HT-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HT-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HT-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HT-24
27-3/4
28-1/2
29
30
55-1/2
57
58
60
-
*1.5” wide is not CSA
226
Channel Tray
Horizontal Cross
Horizontal Cross
Part Numbering System
Dimension / Information
ALT F 04 S HX 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Radius
Bottom
Style
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
Horizontal Cross
Width (in.)
Dimensions (in.)
Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HX-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HX-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HX-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HX-12
15-3/4
16-1/2
17
18
31-1/2
33
34
36
-
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-HX-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-HX-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-HX-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-HX-24
27-3/4
28-1/2
29
30
55-1/2
57
58
60
-
R
W
*1.5” wide is not CSA
Channel Tray
Radius (in.)
227
Channel Tray
Vertical Bends
90o Outside and Inside
Vertical Outside
Vertical Inside
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPT F 06 S VO 90 24
Dimension / Information
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
90O Vertical Outside Bend
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
90O Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO90-12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO90-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO90-12
15
27
27
27
15
27
27
27
15
27
27
27
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI90-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI90-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI90-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI90-12
15-3/4
16-1/2
16-7/8
16-7/8
15-3/4
16-1/2
16-7/8
16-7/8
15-3/4
16-1/2
16-7/8
16-7/8
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI90-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI90-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI90-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI90-24
27-3/4
28-1/2
28-7/8
28-7/8
27-3/4
28-1/2
28-7/8
28-7/8
27-3/4
28-1/2
28-7/8
28-7/8
*1.5” wide is not CSA
228
Channel Tray
Vertical Bends
60o Outside and Inside
Vertical Outside
Vertical Inside
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SST F 04 S VI 60 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
60O Vertical Outside Bend
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
60O Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO60-12
14-7/8
14-7/8
14-7/8
14-7/8
8-5/8
8-5/8
8-5/8
8-5/8
9-7/8
9-7/8
9-7/8
9-7/8
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO60-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO60-12
25-1/4
25-1/4
25-1/4
25-1/4
14-5/8
14-5/8
14-5/8
14-5/8
16-7/8
16-7/8
16-7/8
16-7/8
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI60-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI60-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI60-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI60-12
15-1/2
16-1/8
16-1/4
16-3/8
9
9-1/4
9-3/8
9-1/2
10-1/4
10-3/4
10-7/8
11
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI60-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI60-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI60-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI60-24
26
26-1/2
26-3/4
26-3/4
15
15-1/4
15-3/8
15-1/2
17-1/4
17-5/8
17-3/4
17-7/8
Channel Tray
Dimension / Information
*1.5” wide is not CSA
229
Channel Tray
Vertical Bends
45o Outside and Inside
Vertical Outside
Vertical Inside
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SST F 04 S VI 45 24
Dimension / Information
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
45O Vertical Outside Bend
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
45O Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO45-12
13-5/8
13-5/8
13-5/8
13-5/8
5-5/8
5-5/8
5-5/8
5-5/8
8
8
8
8
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO45-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO45-12
22-1/8
22-1/8
11
11
9-1/8
9-1/8
11
11
12-7/8
13
13
13
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI45-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI45-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI45-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI45-12
14-1/8
14-5/8
14-3/4
14-7/8
5-1/8
6
7-1/8
11
9
8-1/2
8-5/8
8-3/4
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI45-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI45-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI45-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI45-24
22-5/8
23
23-1/4
23-3/8
8-5/8
9-1/2
9-5/8
9-5/8
13-1/2
13-1/2
13-5/8
13-5/8
*1.5” wide is not CSA
230
Channel Tray
Vertical Bends
30o Outside and Inside
Vertical Outside
Vertical Inside
Part Numbering System
Selection Guide
SPT F 06 S VO 30 24
Width
Material
Fitting
Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style
Radius
Angle
30O Vertical Outside Bend
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Bottom Styles: S– Solid
30O Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO30-12
10-1/8
11-5/8
11-5/8
11-5/8
1-7/8
3-1/8
3-1/8
3-1/8
5-1/4
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VO30-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VO30-12
17-5/8
17-5/8
17-5/8
17-5/8
4-3/4
4-3/4
4-3/4
4-3/4
9-1/2
9-1/4
9-1/4
9-1/4
Radius Width
R (in.) W (in.) Catalogue Number
Dimensions (in.)
X
Y
Z
12
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI30-12
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI30-12
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI30-12
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI30-12
10-3/8
12-1/4
12-3/8
12-1/2
1-7/8
3-1/2
3-3/8
3-3/8
5-3/8
6-3/8
5-5/8
5-5/8
24
*1.5
3
4
6
(Prefix)-F 01-S-VI30-24
(Prefix)-F 03-S-VI30-24
(Prefix)-F 04-S-VI30-24
(Prefix)-F 06-S-VI30-24
18
18-1/4
18-3/8
18-1/2
4-3/4
4-7/8
4-7/8
5
9-5/8
9-3/4
9-7/8
9-7/8
Channel Tray
Dimension / Information
*1.5” wide is not CSA
231
Channel Tray
Straight Sections Covers
Part Number Selection Guide
Tray Covers
Tray covers are available for all widths of tray. They should be installed
where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is
accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Straight Covers
These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for
cables with limited heat build up.
Flanged covers have 1/2” flange.
Note: Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.
Straight Section Number Selection
( A LT ) F 0 3 S F C 3
Material
AL • Aluminum
Type
Series
T • Cable Channel
F • Fitting
Width
Bottom Style
Length
01 • (1.5”)
SFC • Solid Flanged
Covers
3 • (10 ft)
SP • Pre-galvanized
03 • (3”)
SH • Hot Dip
Galvanized*
04 • (4”)
144 • (12 ft)
06 • (6”)
SS • 316 Stainless Steel
Prefix
*Hot Dip Galvanized Covers only available in 1500 mm lengths.
Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required
Straight section (10 or 12 ft)
6 pcs.
Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamps, only half the quantity of pieces are required.
232
72 • (6 ft)
Channel Tray
Fitting Covers
Part Number Selection Guide
Tray Covers
Tray covers are available for all widths of tray. They should be installed
where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is
accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Fitting Covers
Fitting covers are available to complete your cable channel layout.
All fitting covers are flanged (1/2” flange).
Note: Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.
Fittings Number Selection
( A LT ) F 0 6 H B C 4 5 1 2
Material
AL • Aluminum
SP • Pre-galvanized
SH • Hot Dip
Galvanized
SS • 316 Stainless
Steel
Series
Type
T • Cable
Channel
F • Fitting
Width
Fitting
Type Cover
Degree*
Radius
01 • (1.5”)
HBC • Horizontal Bend
30 • 30°
12 • 12”
03 • (3”)
HTC • Horizontal Tee
45 • 45°
24 • 24”
04 • (4”)
HXC • Horizontal Cross
60 • 60°
06 • (6”)
VOC • Vertical Outside Bend
90 • 90°
0 • Zero†
radius
VIC • Vertical Inside Bend
Prefix
Contact
your local
sales
office for
availability
†
*Required for HB, VI & VO only
Horizontal and Vertical Bends
Tees
Crosses
4 pcs.
6 pcs.
8 pcs.
Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamps, only half the quantity of pieces are required.
Channel Tray
Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required
233
Channel Tray
Accessories
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Standard 1.5” Splice Plate
Width
1.5”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CCS
Supplied standard with each length.
Standard Splice Plate
Width
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-03-CCS
(Prefix)-W-04-CCS
(Prefix)-W-06-CCS
Supplied standard with each length.
Expansion Splice Plate
Width
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-03-ESP
(Prefix)-W-04-ESP
(Prefix)-W-06-ESP
Wrap Around Splice Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
234
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-ACS
(Prefix)-W-03-ACS
(Prefix)-W-04-ACS
(Prefix)-W-06-ACS
Channel Tray
Accessories
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Adjustable Horizontal Splice Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CHA
(Prefix)-W-03-CHA
(Prefix)-W-04-CHA
(Prefix)-W-06-CHA
Standard Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CCV
(Prefix)-W-03-CCV
(Prefix)-W-04-CCV
(Prefix)-W-06-CCV
Wrap Around Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-WAV
(Prefix)-W-03-WAV
(Prefix)-W-04-WAV
(Prefix)-W-06-WAV
Standard Hold Down Clamp
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-SHC
(Prefix)-W-03-SHC
(Prefix)-W-04-SHC
(Prefix)-W-06-SHC
Channel Tray
Width
235
Channel Tray
Accessories
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Channel Expansion Guide Clamp
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CEG
(Prefix)-W-03-CEG
(Prefix)-W-04-CEG
(Prefix)-W-06-CEG
Combination Hold Down / Cover Clamp
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CCC
(Prefix)-W-03-CCC
(Prefix)-W-04-CCC
(Prefix)-W-06-CCC
Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-HCC
(Prefix)-W-03-HCC
(Prefix)-W-04-HCC
(Prefix)-W-06-HCC
Closed End Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
236
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CEP
(Prefix)-W-03-CEP
(Prefix)-W-04-CEP
(Prefix)-W-06-CEP
Channel Tray
Accessories
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Channel Mounting Bracket
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CCB
(Prefix)-W-03-CCB
(Prefix)-W-04-CCB
(Prefix)-W-06-CCB
Channel to Cable Tray Plate
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CCT
(Prefix)-W-03-CCT
(Prefix)-W-04-CCT
(Prefix)-W-06-CCT
Channel Straight Reducer Plate
Width
3”
4”
6”
4”
6”
6”
to
to
to
to
to
to
1”
1”
1”
3”
3”
4”
Catalogue Number
(*)-W-03-01-RSP
(*)-W-04-01-RSP
(*)-W-06-01-RSP
(*)-W-04-03-RSP
(*)-W-06-03-RSP
(*)-W-06-04-RSP
Channel to Floor Base Plate
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-CBP
(Prefix)-W-03-CBP
(Prefix)-W-04-CBP
(Prefix)-W-06-CBP
Channel Tray
Width
237
Channel Tray
Accessories
Selection Guide
Prefix: ALT(Alum.), SPT(Pre-Galv.), SHT(Hot Dip Galv.),
SST(Stainless Steel)
Inside Channel Widths: 01=1.5”, 03=3”, 04=4”, 06=6”
Channel to Tray Mounting Bracket
Width
1.5”
3”
4”
6”
Catalogue Number
(Prefix)-W-01-TCB
(Prefix)-W-03-TCB
(Prefix)-W-04-TCB
(Prefix)-W-06-TCB
Single Channel Hanger
Width
Catalogue Number
For use
with all
widths
SPT-W-06-CCH
SHT-W-06-CCH
Note: Designed for use with 1/2” threaded rod
Double Channel Hanger
Width
Catalogue Number
For use
with all
widths
SPT-W-06-DCH
SHT-W-06-DCH
Note: Designed for use with 1/2” threaded rod
238
Channel Tray
Accessories
Channel Rubber Edge Trim
9/32”
Very flexible to
fit tight radius
Width
For use with 3”, 4” and 6”
For use with all widths
For use with all widths
Wear and
fuel resistant
neoprene
Note:
Available on
request with
Pre-applied
butyl sealant
or hot-melted
adhesive
Catalogue Number
RET-BUSH
RET-50
RET-500
1/8”
3/8”
Description
Rubber edge trim - Bushing - Standard pack of 10
Rubber edge trim - 50 foot roll
Rubber edge trim - 500 foot roll
Channel Tray
Product Specifications: Recommended temperature range: -40°C through -106°C.
Base Material: Dense Neoprene Rubber.
239
APPENDIX
Large Radius Aluminum
Cable Tray
This cable tray design offers a custom-built cable support system for each Petrochemical project tank or tower. This
cable tray system is usually installed around the outer perimeter of the catwalks and stairs which are mounted on the
tank or vessel.
Thomas & Betts takes pride in manufacturing a complete system to meet your most rigorous requirements. Our cable
support systems reduce the costly and labor-intensive modifications required to assemble straight sections, splice
plates and accessories to fit your tank or vessel.
Thomas & Betts Large Radius Aluminum cable tray systems mount flawlessly with no extra cutting, set-up or surplus
material. With the option of pre-assembly of this cable tray system prior to erection of the tank or vessel, you can
drastically reduce installing time.
Technical Specifications
New Method
Old Method
242
APPENDIX
Appendix
Large Radius Aluminum
Cable Tray
Features and Benefits:
• no mitered joints
• no bent splice plate
• less costly
• easier to install
• faster to install
• fewer skills required to install
• cleaner lines
• more resistant support structure
• improved functionality and aesthetics
RUNG
SPACING
CLEARANCE
DISTANCE
VESSEL OR
CATWALK RADIUS
SEGMENT ARC LENGTH
TRAY RADIUS
Data Required for Quotation
Height of the cable tray
Width of the cable tray
Rung spacing required
:
:
:
in.
in.
in.
Clearance distance
Total inside arc radius
:
:
in.
in.
(tank radius + clearance distance)
Load rating and support span :
lb/ft (kg/m)
Segment Arc Length
:
in.
Quantity required
:
(number of segments)
Total Arc length
:
in.
:
in.
(= segment arc length X qty)
Radius of tank or vessel
TRAY
WIDTH
243
Mid-Span
Splice Plate
APPENDIX
Aluminum Mid-Span Splice Plate
Features:
— Factory pre-drilled side rails for on above series easy installation
— Allows random connexion location
— Tested loading 160 lb/ft, based on a 20ft simple beam test
with 1.5 safety factor (tested with AH66 series)
— Supplied with Stainless steel type 316 hardware
— Available on ladder, vented or solid tray style
— Only available in the following series of aluminum tray:
AH46, AH56, AH66 and AH76*
*(20ft Support Span only)
The Splice Plate
3/8”-16 x 3/4”
SS316 carriage bolt
and SS304 keps
nut
Mid-Span Slice Plate
Cable Tray
Reinforcing plate
3/8”-16 x 1”
SS316 carriage blot
and SS304 keps nut
Part #: ABW6SSPMS
244
APPENDIX
Appendix
Mid-Span
Splice Plate
Typical Installation of Mid-Span Splice Plate
These heavy-duty splice plates are designed to allow
random splice location, including the midspan for 20ft
support spans. These splices are available for all longspan, ladder, vented or solid tray style.
Note: Also available on fittings to complete the system if
required. Please consult the factory for more information.
Ordering Information
Straight Section Number Selection
(AMS4-6)-24-L09-6
Material
Style
AMS • Mid-Span Splice
Series
4 • Series 4
5 • Series 5
6 • Series 6
7 • Series 7
Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
6 • (6")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
6 • (6 meters)
L09 • 9" rung spacing
288 • (24ft)
09 • (9")
12 • (12")
18 • (18")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
Length
L12 • 12" rung spacing
V • Ventilated
S • Solid Trough
36 • (36")
To order straight sections with Mid-Span Splice Plate, replace “AH” in the standard part number with “AMS”.
Example:
AH6624L12-6
AMS6624L12-6
245
Long Span Systems (30 ft)
Straight Section
Series 7-6, 4-7, 1-8
APPENDIX
Straight Section Number Selection
(AH7-6)-24-L09-360
Material
Style
Series / Siderail
Depth
Width
Bottom Type
Length
H • H-Beam
76 • (6")
06 • (6")
L06 • 6" rung spacing
360 • (30ft)
09 • (9")
47 • (7")
L09 • 9" rung spacing
12 • (12")
18 • (8")
L12 • 12" rung spacing
18 • (18")
V • Ventilated
24 • (24")
S • Solid Trough
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
Note: Only available in these series and sides rail depths.
Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads, deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.
For FITTINGS consult pages 60 to 99.
SUPPORT SPAN
18
20
22
(Feet)
24
26
28
30
228
185
153
128
109
94
82
Deflection (in.)
2.457
3.033
3.670
4.367
5.125
5.944
6.824
Deflection Factor
0.011
0.016
0.024
0.034
0.047
0.063
0.083
292
236
195
164
140
121
105
Deflection (in.)
1.869
2.308
2.793
3.324
3.901
4.524
5.193
Deflection Factor
0.006
0.010
0.014
0.020
0.028
0.038
0.049
522
423
350
294
250
216
188
Deflection (in.)
2.113
2.609
3.157
3.757
4.409
5.114
5.871
Deflection Factor
0.004
0.006
0.009
0.013
0.018
0.024
0.031
SERIES
AH7-6
AH4-7
AH1-8
246
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
Load (lb/ft)
AH7-6
W (in.)
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
AH4-7
APPENDIX
Appendix
Long Span Systems (30 ft)
Straight Section
Series 7-6, 4-7, 1-8
AH1-8
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
Wo (in.)
Wi (in.)
4.92
7.92
10.92
16.92
22.92
28.92
34.92
40.92
8.92
11.92
14.92
20.92
26.92
32.92
38.92
44.92
4.62
7.62
10.62
16.62
22.62
28.62
34.62
40.62
8.62
11.62
14.62
20.62
26.62
32.62
38.62
44.62
4.55
7.55
10.55
16.55
22.55
28.55
34.55
40.55
10.55
13.55
16.55
22.55
28.55
34.55
40.55
46.55
Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 lb concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.
SERIES
AH7-6
AH4-7
AH1-8
DIMENSIONS
SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS • 1 PAIR
Ix = 21.96 in4
Sx = 6.38 in3
Area = 3.82 in2
CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA
20C+
Ix = 36.85 in4
Sx = 9.08 in3
Area = 4.65 in2
Exceeds
Ix = 58.36 in4
Sx = 13.37 in3
Area = 5.86 in2
Exceeds
20C+
20C+
CSA
–
–
–
UL
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2
247
For Extreme Applications
Peaked Covers
APPENDIX
Horizontal Bend / Vertical Inside Bend
Horizontal Bend
Straight Section Number Selection
AUW-12-PFC-HB-90-24
Material
Fitting
Style
A • Aluminum
U • U-Beam
H • H-Beam
Width
Fitting Type
Degree
30
45
60
90
06 • (6")
PFC
HB- Horizontal bend
09 • (9")
Peaked flanged
cover
VI- Vertical inside Bend
12 • (12")
PVC
18 • (18")
Peaked vented
flanged cover
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
248
Cover
Type
Nominal
Radius
12 • (12")
24 • (24")
36 • (36")
48 • (48")
APPENDIX
Appendix
For Extreme Applications
Peaked Covers
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Bend
Straight Section Number Selection
AUW-4-12-PFC-VO-90-24
Material
A • Aluminum
Fitting
Style
Siderail
Height
U • U-Beam
4 • (4")
H • H-Beam
Width
Cover
Type
06 • (6")
PFC
5 • (5")
09 • (9")
Peaked flanged
cover
6 • (6")
12 • (12")
PVC
18 • (18")
Peaked vented
flanged cover
7 • (7")
Fitting
Type
VO- Vertical outside bend
Degree
30
45
60
90
Nominal
Radius
12 • (12")
24 • (24")
36 • (36")
48 • (48")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
249
For Extreme Applications
Peaked Covers
APPENDIX
Horizontal Tee / Horizontal Cross
Horizontal Tee
Straight Section Number Selection
A U W - 1 2 - P F C - H T- 2 4
Material
Fitting
Style
A • Aluminum
U • U-Beam
H • H-Beam
Width
Fitting Type
Nominal
Radius
06 • (6")
PFC
HT- Horizontal tee
09 • (9")
Peaked flanged
cover
HX- Horizontal cross
12 • (12")
PVC
36 • (36")
18 • (18")
Peaked vented
flanged cover
48 • (48")
24 • (24")
30 • (30")
36 • (36")
42 • (42")
250
Cover
Type
12 • (12")
24 • (24")
ANNEX A
Canadian Customers
General Loading Map of Canada
with respect to loading of overhead lines.
Annexes A & B
Figure 250-1CDN and 250-2CDN
Loading for Grades
B, C and D
Fig. 250-1CDN
Note: all maximum wind
velocities are in miles per hour
BASED ON A 50 YEAR MEAN
RECURRENCE INTERVAL
(annual probability = 2%) at a
height of 30 ft (10 m) over
smooth terrain.
Basic Wind Speed (miles per hour).
Fig. 250-2CDN
Figure 250-2CDN is a wind map of the contiguous United States and Alaska reproduced from ASCE 7-88 [52]. For
Hawaii and Puerto Rico, the basic wind speeds are 80mi/h and 95 mi/h, respectively.
Note: Wind velocity usually increases with height; therefore, experience may show that the wind pressures specified herein need to be further increased.
251
Figure 250-1USA and 250-2USA
Loading for Grades
B, C and D
ANNEX B
US Customers
WA
MT
ME
ND
VT
NH
MN
OR
ID
WI
SD
WY
NE
NV
UT
MI
NJ
MD
DE
DE
Washington DC
WV
VA
OH
IL
CO
IN
KS
CA
MO
KY
AZ
NM
MA RI
CT
NY
PA
IA
NC
TN
OK
AR
United States
SC
MS
AL
National Capital
GA
Seattle
City
International Boundary
State Boundary
TX
LA
TX
State Name
FL
400 km
0
400 Miles
= Heavy
= Medium
= Light
Hawaii
Note: The localities are classified in the different loading districts according to the
relative simultaneous prevalence of wind velocity and thickness of ice that
accumulates on wires. Light loading is for places where little, if any, ice
accumulates on wires.
Alaska
Fig. 250-1USA
General Loading Map of USA
with respect to loading of overhead lines.
WIND VELOCITY MAP
Annual extreme wind velocity 30 feet above ground, 50-year recurrence interval
Seattle
Spokane
Portland
Pendleton
Roseburg
Burns
Missoula
Billings
Lander
Minneapolis
Rapid City
PACIFIC
OCEAN
San
Diego
Phoenix
Yuma
Albuquerque
Amarillo
Buffalo Albany
Lansing
Detroit
Boston
Hartford
New York
Philadelphia
Harrisburg
Pittsburgh
Chicago
Columbus
Springfield
Washington
Indianapolis
Kansas
City
Charleston Rich mond
St.
Norfork
Lexington
Louis
Hattaras
Nashville
Raleigh
Knoxville
Oklahoma City
Columbia
Little Rock Memphis
Wilmington
Des Moines
Atlanta
Jackson Birmingham
El Paso
Abilene
Fort Worth
Note: Wind velocity usually increases
with height; therefore, experience may
show that the wind pressures specified
herein need to be further increased.
Burlington
Portland
Concord
Green
Bay
Dubuque
Winnemucoa
Cheyenne
Sacramento
North Platte
Reno
Salt Lake City
San
Lincoln
Denver
Francisco Tonopah
Milford
Grand Junction
Las
Fresno
Dodge City
Vegas
Los Angeles
S. Ste. Marie
Duluth
Huron
Pocatello
Eureka
Williston
Bismarck
Fargo
Boise
Caribou
International
Falls
Havre
Great Falls
Del Rio
Charleston
Shreveport
Houston
New
Orleans
Jacksonville
ATLANTIC
OCEAN
Pensacola
San Antonio
Tampa
GULF OF MEXICO
Miami
Brownsville
WIND SPEEDS
Below 70 mph
70-80 mph
80-90 mph
90-100 mph
Alaska & Hawaii — 90 mph
Special Winds
Santa Ana Winds — Southern California
Gorge Winds — Columbia River Valley of Washington and Oregon
Wasatch Mountain Winds — Utah
Chinook Wids — Eastern slope of Rockies in Montana, Wyoming, Colorado
Basic Wind Speed (miles per hour).
(This figure is reproduced by permission of the American Society of Civil Engineers.)
252
Over 100 mph
Special High Winds
Over 100 mph
Fig. 250-2USA
Other Products
offered by T&B
Other
Products
ExpressTrayTM
Wire Basket Tray
The fast track in cable management systems
The demands placed on cabling routing systems and
their designers, installers and maintainers are
increasingly complex and ever changing.
The ExpressTrayTM cable management sysem is a
complete solution for managing light power, voice and
data cables in commercial and industrial facilities that
delivers simplicity, efficiency, versatility and
performance.
The system is simple. No complicated layouts are
required prior to arriving on the job site; no time is
wasted waiting for overlooked components to arrive.
The ExpressTray system requires no corner, crossing
or bend elements. Any layout can be achieved, any
obstacle overcome, simply with a length of tray and a
pair of wire cutters. As workplace needs change, the
system can easily be reconfigured to meet new
requirements.
Whatever the challenges, the ExpressTray cable
management system has the power to get any project
on track and completed on time at the minimum
installed cost.
For further information, please contact your local T&B Sales Office.
253
Other Products
offered by T&B
Non-Metallic
Cable Tray and Strut Systems
Non-Metallic Cable Tray and Strut Systems
Non-metallic Cable Tray Systems have been tested
and proven in the harsh environment of the offshore oil
and gas industry. Subject to the corrosive conditions
inherent in petroleum products, plus the daily
punishment of exposure to wind, weather and
saltwater – Non-metallic Cable Tray has stood up!
Non-metallic Cable Tray gives you the load capacity of
steel plus the inherent characteristics afforded by our
pultrusion Technology: non-conductive, non-magnetic
and corrosion-resistant. Although light in weight, their
strength-to-weight ratio surpasses that of equivalent
steel products. Non-metallic Cable Tray will not rust,
nor do they ever require painting.
Non-Metallic Cable Tray comes in two
colors: Slate grey (polyester resin) and
Beige (vinylester resin). Custom colors are
available on request.
For further information, please contact your local T&B Sales Office.
254
For U.S. Customer Service and Order Inquiries
Call 1-800-816-7809 or Fax 1-800-816-7810
For International Service and Order Inquiries
Call (U.S.) 901-252-5400 or Fax 901-252-1330
For Canadian Customer Service and Order Inquiries
Call 450-347-5318 or Fax 450-347-1976
For U.S. Technical Support
Call 1-888-862-3289 or Fax 901-252-1321
For International Technical Support
Call (U.S.) 901-252-5000, Enter 1, 6672
For Tool Service and Repair
Call 1-800-284-TOOL (8665)
Thomas & Betts Corporation
Electrical Division
8155 T&B Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee 38125
United States
Tel: 901.252.8000
800.816.7809
Fax: 901.252.1354
Canada
Tel: 450.347.5318
Fax: 450.347.1976
Thomas & Betts Limited
700 Thomas Avenue
Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu
Quebec J2X 2M9
Technical Services
Tel: 888.862.3289
© 2007. Thomas & Betts Corporation. All rights reserved. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Printed in Canada 11/07/500. Order no. CTRAYCAT-E-US